Service

Repair Manual
GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool
Engine ID
CCT
A
Edition 11.2014

Service Department. Technical Information

 Service
List of Workshop Manual Repair Groups

Repair Group
ST - Generic Scan Tool

Technical information should always be available to the foremen and mechanics, because their
careful and constant adherence to the instructions is essential to ensure vehicle road-worthiness and
safety. In addition, the normal basic safety precautions for working on motor vehicles must, as a
matter of course, be observed.
 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

Contents

ST - Generic Scan Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

1 General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.1 Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.2 Clean Working Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1.3 On Board Diagnostic Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1.4 Malfunction Indicator Lamp Illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1.5 Controller Area Network Data Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1.6 Electronic Power Control Warning Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2 Description and Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2.1 Fuel Supply System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2.2 Evaporative Emission System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2.3 Electronic Engine Power Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2.4 Fuel Injection System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2.5 Engine Control Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2.6 Exhaust System Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.7 Secondary Air Injection System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.8 Ignition System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.9 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
3 Diagnosis and Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
3.1 Preliminary Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
3.2 Readiness Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
3.3 Diagnostic Modes 01 - 0A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
3.4 Engine DTC Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
3.5 Transmission DTC Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
3.6 Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Contents i
 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

ii Contents
 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

ST – Generic Scan Tool

1 General Information
(Edition 11.2014)
Included in the contents of this Generic Scan Tool (GST) manual
is a summary table of the vehicle specific OBD II Emission Rela‐
ted DTCs. The DTC table contains DTC Malfunction Criteria,
Threshold Values, secondary Parameters, Enabling Conditions,
Monitoring Time Length, Frequency of Checks, and MIL Illumi‐
nation information which can be used to accurately monitor and
diagnose emissions related faults and perform functions required
to run Modes 01 through 09 with a hand held scan tool. For a
further description of specific monitor information, an OBD strat‐
egy document is referenced throughout this manual.
This manual also contains the step by step procedures to accu‐
rately diagnose and repair a component or system once a DTC
has been set. References to repair procedures and wiring dia‐
grams can be found within the diagnostic test procedures.

1. General Information 1
 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 2

⇒ “1.2 Clean Working Conditions”, page 4
⇒ “1.3 On Board Diagnostic Systems”, page 4
⇒ “1.4 Malfunction Indicator Lamp Illumination”, page 4
⇒ “1.5 Controller Area Network Data Link”, page 4
⇒ “1.6 Electronic Power Control Warning Lamp”, page 5

1.1 Safety Precautions

Check for Technical Bulletins that may supersede any information
included in this manual.

WARNING

Failure to follow these instructions may result in personal injury

or possible death.
Check the Technical Bulletins for information, cautions and
warnings that may supersede or supplement any information
included in this manual.
When performing the drive cycle operation, pay strict attention
to driving conditions and observe and obey all posted speed
limits.
Test equipment must always be secured to the rear seat and
operated by a second person. If test and measuring equipment
is operated from the passenger seat, the person seated could
be injured in the event of an accident involving deployment of
the passenger-side airbag.
The fuel system is under pressure! Before opening the fuel
system, place rags around the connection area. Then release
pressure by carefully loosening the connection.
The engine section of the fuel system, after the high pressure
pump, is under extremely high pressure! When working on en‐
gine or fuel injection system, fuel pressure must be relieved to
residual pressure before opening high pressure components.
Refer to the Repair Manual for the proper procedure.
If the battery has not been disconnected, the fuel pump fuse
must be removed before opening the fuel supply system as the
fuel pump may be activated by the driver's door contact switch.
Testing of the EVAP and ORVR systems can result in the es‐
cape of explosive fuel vapor. Do not smoke while testing the
EVAP system, and make sure the area you are working in is
well ventilated.
Observe the following for all procedures, especially in the en‐
gine compartment due to lack of room:
♦ Route lines of all types (e.g. for fuel, hydraulic, EVAP can‐
ister system, coolant and refrigerant, brake fluid, vacuum)
and electrical wiring so that the original path is followed.
♦ Watch for sufficient clearance to all moving or hot com‐
ponents.
♦ Do not touch or disconnect the Ignition Coils, ignition
wires, connecting parts or adapter cables when the igni‐
tion is on or the engine is running or turning at starting
RPM.
♦ Only disconnect and reconnect wires for injection and ig‐
nition system, including test leads, when the ignition is
turned off.

2 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

When removing and installing components from full or partially

full fuel tanks, observe the following:
♦ The fuel tank must only be partially full. How much fuel can
remain in the fuel tank may be read in the respective work
description. Empty the fuel tank if necessary.
♦ Before starting work, switch on the exhaust extraction sys‐
tem and place an extraction hose close to the installation
opening of the fuel tank to extract escaping fuel fumes. If
no exhaust extraction system is available, a radial fan (as
long as motor is not in air flow) with a displacement greater
than 15 m3/h can be used.
♦ Prevent fuel from contacting the skin! Wear fuel-resistant
gloves!
When servicing the engine control module (ECM), it may be
necessary to use a heat gun. The heat gun, shear bolts, and
parts of the protective housing will become extremely hot. Use
extreme caution when working with or handling these parts to
avoid personal injury.
Observe operating instructions when working with a heat gun.
To prevent damage (burning) to the wiring and harness con‐
nections, insulation and the electronic components, perform
outlined work steps exactly!
The cooling system is under pressure. To avoid scalding, use
caution when opening the cooling system and servicing cooling
system components!

Caution

The battery must only be disconnected and connected with the

ignition switched off. Otherwise, the engine control module
(ECM) can be damaged.
The use of nails, paper clips, or another unauthorized materials
to back-probe electrical harness connectors is strictly prohibi‐
ted and may cause damage to the electrical harness connec‐
tors, terminal ends or to a component. Use only the
manufacturers test lead kit or an equivalent aftermarket test
lead kit for back-probing all electrical harness connectors.
Do not use sealants containing silicone. Particles of silicone
drawn into the engine, will not be burnt in the engine and will
damage the oxygen sensors.
Secure all hose connections with the correct hose clips (the
same as original equipment).
If engine is to be cranked without starting, for example as part
of a compression test, remove the fuses for the voltage supply
of Ignition Coils and the fuel injector.
An electrostatic charge can lead to functional problems of elec‐
trical components of the engine, transmission and selector
lever mechanism. Touch a grounded object, e.g. a water pipe
or a hoist, before working on electrical components.
Do not make direct contact with electrical harness connector
terminals.
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component
with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.

1. General Information 3
 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

1.2 Clean Working Conditions

Even minor contaminations can lead to malfunctions in the fuel
injection system. When working on the fuel supply/injection sys‐
tem, pay careful attention to the following rules of cleanliness:
♦ Thoroughly clean all connections and the surrounding area
before disconnecting.
♦ Place removed parts on a clean surface and cover. Use lint-
free cloths.
♦ Carefully cover over opened components or seal, if repairs are
not performed immediately.
♦ When the system is open, do not work with compressed air.
Do not move vehicle unless absolutely necessary.
♦ Install clean components: Remove replacement parts imme‐
diately prior to installation. Do not use parts that have been
stored unpacked (e.g. in tool boxes etc.).
♦ Separated electrical connectors: Protect from dirt and mois‐
ture. Make sure connections are dry when reconnecting.

1.3 On Board Diagnostic Systems

California OBD-II applies to all gasoline engine vehicles up to
14,000 lbs. Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) starting in the
1996 MY and all diesel engine vehicles up to 14,000 lbs. GVWR
starting in the 1997 MY.
Several states in the northeastern United States have chosen to
adopt the California emission regulations starting in the 1998 MY
and are known as "Green States".
Green States receive California-certified vehicles for passenger
cars and light trucks up to 6,000 lbs. GVWR. Starting in the 2004
MY, Federal vehicle over 8,500 lbs. will start phasing in OBD-II.
Starting in 2004 MY, gasoline-fueled medium duty passenger ve‐
hicles are required to have OBD-II. Federal OBD-II applies to all
gasoline engine vehicles up to 8,500 lbs. GVWR starting in the
1996 MY and all diesel engine vehicles up to 8,500 lbs. GVWR
starting in the 1997 MY.
OBD-II system implementation and operation is described in the
remainder of this document.

1.4 Malfunction Indicator Lamp Illumination

If the engine control module (ECM) recognizes a malfunction that
leads to increased emission values, it indicates them by Illumi‐
nating the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) which is located in the
instrument cluster.
The ECM switches on the MIL after the ignition is switched on.
Shortly after the engine is started, the MIL goes out if the ECM
does not detect a malfunction that increases the emission values.
If the ECM recognizes a malfunction that leads to increased emis‐
sions during the operation of the engine, the ECM switches on
the MIL and an entry is stored in the DTC memory of the ECM.

1.5 Controller Area Network Data Link

The engine control module (ECM) communicates with data bus
capable control modules via a CAN Data Link.
The databus capable control modules are connected via data bus
wires, which are twisted together (CAN high and CAN low), and
exchange information with the ECM. Missing or implausible in‐

4 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

formation on the databus is recognized and stored as a malfunc‐

tion based on specific DTC criteria.
The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) is Illuminated as a result of
a CAN message sent by the ECM. The MIL can be turned on,
turned off, or blink, depending on the message received.

1.6 Electronic Power Control Warning Lamp

The engine control module (ECM) monitors electronic power con‐
trol (EPC) components when the ignition is switched on.
If a malfunction is recognized in the EPC system, the ECM
switches on the EPC warning lamp, which is located in the in‐
strument cluster, and an entry is stored in the DTC memory of the
ECM.

1. General Information 5
 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

2 Description and Operation

⇒ “2.1 Fuel Supply System”, page 6
⇒ “2.2 Evaporative Emission System”, page 6
⇒ “2.3 Electronic Engine Power Control”, page 7
⇒ “2.4 Fuel Injection System”, page 7
⇒ “2.5 Engine Control Module”, page 7
⇒ “2.6 Exhaust System Components”, page 8
⇒ “2.7 Secondary Air Injection System”, page 8
⇒ “2.8 Ignition System”, page 8
⇒ “2.9 Automatic Transmission”, page 8
Check for technical bulletins that may supersede any information
included in this manual.
Observe all safety precautions:
⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 2
View clean working conditions:
⇒ “1.2 Clean Working Conditions”, page 4

Note

♦ All manufacturers special tools as well as common tools may

contain a manufacturer specific part number. These tools may
be substituted with an equivalent aftermarket tool or are avail‐
able for purchase through the manufacturer.
♦ Manufacturers special tools as well as common tools that con‐
tain a manufacturer specific part number may be referenced
in the test procedure illustrations showing the tool use or in‐
stallation. If the manufacturer specific tool is not being used,
an equivalent aftermarket tool may be installed in the same
manner as the manufacturers special tool.

2.1 Fuel Supply System

For all fuel supply system component locations, removal/installa‐
tion procedures and torque specifications, refer to the repair
manual.

2.2 Evaporative Emission System

The evaporative emission system has been designed to minimize
the release of hydrocarbons from the fuel system into the atmos‐
phere. The evaporative system components all work together with
the ECM to prevent fuel vapor from escaping and route it to the
intake manifold to be burned during normal combustion.
The leak detection system checks the integrity of the evaporative
emission system by pressurizing system.
♦ When leak detection is activated, a pump pressurizes the
evaporative system.
♦ During the leak diagnosis, the system is monitored for a spe‐
cific time period. If the pressure does not drop a specific
amount during the time period, the system is considered to be
sealed.
♦ If the pressure drops greater than a specified amount during
a specific time period, the system is pressurized once more.
The engine control module measures the time until the pres‐

6 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

sure drops again. The control module uses the measured

value to determine the size of the leak.
Leak diagnosis is activated automatically shortly following every
engine start. If a malfunction is determined, an entry is made to
the DTC memory. The Malfunction Indicator Lamp in the instru‐
ment cluster is Illuminated if the malfunction is recognized for two
subsequent starts.
For all evaporative system component locations, hose routing,
removal/installation procedures and torque specifications, refer
to the repair manual.

2.3 Electronic Engine Power Control

For EPC, the throttle valve is not operated by a cable from the
accelerator pedal. There is no mechanical connection between
the accelerator pedal and the throttle valve.
The position of the accelerator pedal is communicated to engine
control module (ECM) by the throttle position sensor / accelerator
pedal position sensor 2 (variable resistances; stored in one hous‐
ing) that are connected with the accelerator pedal.
The accelerator pedal position (driver's intention) is a main input
unit for the ECM.
Operation of the throttle valve occurs via an electric motor, the
throttle drive for in the throttle valve control module. This is true
across the entire engine speed and engine load spectrum.
The throttle valve is operated by the EPC according to specifica‐
tions of engine control module (ECM).
With engine off and ignition switched on, the ECM controls the
throttle drive according to specifications of throttle position sen‐
sor / accelerator pedal position sensor 2. This means, if the
accelerator pedal is pressed half way, the throttle drive opens the
throttle valve to the same degree; i.e. throttle valve is then opened
approximately half way.
With engine running under load, ECM can open or close the throt‐
tle valve independently of the throttle position sensor / accelerator
pedal position sensor 2.
This means, for example, that the throttle valve could be fully
opened even though the accelerator pedal has only been pressed
half way. This has the advantage of preventing torque losses at
the throttle valve.
In addition, it results in a significant reduction in emissions and
fuel consumption under certain load conditions.
It would be incorrect to think that EPC consists of only one or two
components. EPC is much more of a system containing all com‐
ponents that contribute to recognizing, controlling and monitoring
the position of the throttle valve.

2.4 Fuel Injection System

For all fuel injection system component locations, removal/instal‐
lation procedures and torque specifications, refer to the repair
manual.

2.5 Engine Control Module

The ECM regulates fuel injection, throttle valve control module,
oxygen sensor regulation, ignition, knock control, evaporative
emission purge valve, engine speed limitation through the fuel
injectors or the power supply relay, as well as OBD functions. For
locations, removal/installation procedures, refer to the repair
manual.

2. Description and Operation 7

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

2.6 Exhaust System Components

For all exhaust system, emission control component locations,
removal/installation procedures and torque specifications, refer
to the repair manual.

2.7 Secondary Air Injection System

The secondary air injection system improves the secondary oxi‐
dation within the catalytic converter which are due to the rich
mixture during the cold start phase where the exhaust emissions
contain an increased level of unburned hydrocarbons, thereby
reducing harmful emissions. The heat released by secondary ox‐
idation shortens the startup time of the catalytic converter con‐
siderably, as well as significantly improves emissions quality
during the cold-running phase.
♦ During a cold start, the secondary air injection system injects
air behind the exhaust valves. This produces an oxygen rich
exhaust gas, causes the after burning and reduces the heat‐
ing-up phase of the catalytic converter.
♦ In addition, the secondary air injection system is switched on
(after a delay) during idle after every subsequent engine start
(up to a maximum coolant temperature) and is checked
through on board diagnostic functions.
For all secondary air injection system component locations, re‐
moval/installation procedures and torque specifications, refer to
the repair manual.

2.8 Ignition System

For all ignition and glow plug system component locations, re‐
moval/installation procedures and torque specifications, refer to
the repair manual.

2.9 Automatic Transmission

The transmission control module receives information from trans‐
mission related components and uses this information to control
shifting and operation of the transmission.
For all automatic transmission component locations, removal/in‐
stallation procedures and torque specifications, refer to the repair
manual.

8 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

3 Diagnosis and Testing

⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 9
⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code”, page 9
⇒ “3.3 Diagnostic Modes 01 - 0A”, page 11
⇒ “3.4 Engine DTC Tables”, page 31
⇒ “3.5 Transmission DTC Tables”, page 105
⇒ “3.6 Diagnostic Procedures”, page 135

3.1 Preliminary Check

Prior to component diagnosis, a preliminary check must be per‐
formed.
Check the technical bulletins for information that may supersede
any information included in this manual.
– Connect the scan tool.
– Switch the ignition on.
– Using the scan tool, check for any stored or related DTCs.
If other DTCs are stored:
– Repair these DTCs first before performing the following pro‐
cedure.
If no other DTCs are stored:
– Using the scan tool, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”,
page 16 .
– Perform a road test to attempt to duplicate the customers
complaint.
If the DTC returns:
– Perform the diagnostic procedure.
If the DTC does not return:
– The fault is intermittent or a sporadic condition may exist.
– Check the suspected component, electrical harness and elec‐
trical harness connectors for damage, corrosion, loose or
broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
– Perform a road test to verify the repair.
If the DTC returns:
– Perform the diagnostic procedure.
If the DTC does not return:
The fault may have been the result of a loose electrical connec‐
tion.
– Generate readiness code. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code”, page 9 .

3.2 Readiness Code

Readiness code description
Diagnostics are performed at regular intervals during normal ve‐
hicle operation. After repairing an emissions related system, a
readiness code is generated by road testing the vehicle.

3. Diagnosis and Testing 9

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

If a malfunction is recognized during the drive cycle, it will be

stored in the DTC memory.
The OBD drive cycle operation will be monitored with a hand held
diagnostic tool. Consult the manufacturer's instruction manual for
correct tool operation.
The readiness code is erased every time the DTC memory is
erased or any time the battery is disconnected. If the DTC mem‐
ory has been erased or the battery is disconnected, a new read‐
iness code must be generated.
Only erase the DTC memory if a DTC has been stored.
General recommendations
Most monitors will complete easier and quicker using a “steady-
foot” and “smooth” acceleration during the drive cycle operation,
cruise, and acceleration modes.
Operating conditions
For the EVAP monitor test, the coolant temperature and the am‐
bient air temperature must be between 10° C and 35° C with a
difference between them no greater than 4° C. The ambient air
temperature must not change more than 4° C during the drive
cycle procedure (e.g. when driving out of a heated workshop in
the winter).
Test requirements
• Erase the DTC memory.
• Coolant temperature must be between 80° C and 110° C.
• The intake air temperature must be between 10° C and 35° C.
• Battery voltage must be a minimum of 12.5 volts.
• Fuel tank level 1/4 to 3/4 full.
Drive Cycle Procedure
– Connect the scan tool.
– Switch the ignition on and start the vehicle.
– Idle the vehicle for 2 - 3 minutes. This executes the O2S heat‐
er, misfire, secondary air injection, fuel trim, and purge system
monitors.
– Drive the vehicle at 45 - 55 mph for a continuous 7 - minute
period - avoid stopping. This executes the evaporative, O2S,
fuel trim, and misfire monitors.
– Accelerate the vehicle to an engine speed of 5000 RPM; lift
off the throttle until the engine speed is around 1200 rpm. This
executes the fuel cut off.
– Accelerate the vehicle smoothly to 60 - 65 mph, cruise con‐
stantly for 5 min. this executes the catalyst; O2S, misfire, fuel
trim, and purge system monitors.
– Decelerate and idle the vehicle again for 3 minutes. This ex‐
ecutes the misfire, secondary sir injection, fuel trim, and purge
system monitors.
– Check the status of the readiness code.

Note

Depending on the scan tool used. The readiness code status may
be displayed as complete, passed or OK.

10 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

– If any engine monitor fails the drive cycle test. Repeat the drive
cycle test until all engine monitors have successfully run
through and passed.

Note

When repeating the drive cycle operation for a failed evaporative

or thermostat monitor, allow the engine to cool until the coolant
temperature and the ambient air temperature are be between 10°
C and 35° C with a difference no greater than 4° C and repeat the
drive cycle operation.

If the drive cycle operation fails again.

– Check the DTC memory for stored DTCs.
Repair the vehicle if necessary.
– Repeat the drive cycle operation until all engine monitors have
successfully run through and passed.
– Remove the scan tool and switch the ignition off.

3.3 Diagnostic Modes 01 - 0A

The information provided in Modes 01 through 0A displays the
various levels of emission related data that may be monitored, as
well as the ability to retrieve and read stored DTC trouble codes,
erase stored DTC trouble codes, generate readiness codes, and
select the various PIDs and Test-IDs used within the modes to
monitor the engine, and emission related component parameters.

Note

Depending on scan tool and protocol used, the information in di‐

agnostic mode 01 may be referred to by different names such as
Test-ID (TID), Hex-ID, Component-ID (CID), or On-Board Diag‐
nostic Monitor Identifier (OBDMID).

3. Diagnosis and Testing 11

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

⇒ “3.3.1 Diagnostic Mode 01 - Read Current System Data”, page

12
⇒ “3.3.2 Diagnostic Mode 02 - Read Operating Conditions”, page
13
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 15
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 16
⇒ “3.3.5 Diagnostic Mode 05 - Read Oxygen Sensor Monitoring
Test Results”, page 17
⇒ “3.3.6 Diagnostic Mode 06 - Read Test Results for Specific Di‐
agnostic Functions”, page 17
⇒ “3.3.7 Diagnostic Mode 07 - Read Faults Detected During the
Current or Last Driving Cycle”, page 27
⇒ “3.3.8 Diagnostic Mode 08 - Request Control of On-Board Sys‐
tem, Test or Component”, page 28
⇒ “3.3.9 Diagnostic Mode 09 - Read Vehicle Information”,
page 29
⇒ “3.3.10 Diagnostic Mode 0A - Check Permanent DTC Memory”,
page 30

3.3.1 Diagnostic Mode 01 - Read Current Sys‐

tem Data
Diagnostic Mode 01 makes it possible to access current emis‐
sions-related measured values and diagnostic data. The original
measured values (no replacement values), input and output data
and system status information are displayed using Diagnostic
Mode 1.
Test requirement
• Coolant temperature at least 80° C.
Procedure
– Connect the scan tool.
– Start the engine and run at idle.
– Select “Diagnostic Mode 1: Obtain data. ”.
– From the following table, select the desired the “PID” that is to
be monitored, e.g. “PID $05 Coolant temperature”.
The current values of the component or system that is being
monitored will be displayed on the scan tool screen.
PID Component or System
$01: Monitoring status since erasing DTC memory
$03: Condition of fuel system
$04: Calculated load value
$05: Coolant temperature
$06: Short term air fuel ratio
$07: Long term air fuel ratio
$0C: Engine RPM
$0D: Vehicle speed
$0E: Ignition timing advance for #1 cylinder
$0F: Intake air temperature
$10: Air flow rate from mass air flow sensor
$11: Absolute throttle position

12 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

PID Component or System

$12: Secondary Air Injection
$13: Oxygen Sensor Bank 1, Sensor 1 (LSU)
$13: Oxygen Sensor Bank 1, Sensor 2 (LSF)
$13: Oxygen Sensor Bank 1, Sensor 3 (SULEV)
$13: Oxygen Sensor Bank 1, Sensor 4
$15: Oxygen Sensor Bank 1, Sensor 2 (LSF)
$16: Oxygen Sensor Bank 1, Sensor 3 (SULEV)
$1C: OBD requirements ( OBD, OBDII, EOBD, No OBD)
$1F: Time since engine start
$21: Distance driven with MIL ON
$23: Fuel rail pressure
$2E: Commanded EVAP purge
$30: Warm up counts after MIL erased
$31: Distance driven after erasing DTC memory
$33: Barometric pressure
$34: Heater current Bank 1 Sensor 1
$3C: Calculated Catalyst Temperature Sensor 1
$3E: Calculated Catalyst Temperature Sensor 2 (SULEV)
$41: Monitor status current drive cycle
$42: Control module voltage
$43: Absolute load value
$44: Specified value of oxygen sensor signal
$45: Relative throttle valve position
$46: Ambient temperature
$47: Throttle valve position 2 absolute
$49: Accelerator pedal position 1 absolute
$4A: Accelerator pedal position 2 absolute
$4C: Specified throttle valve position
$56: Offset oxygen sensor regulation after catalytic convertor

– Switch the ignition off.

3.3.2 Diagnostic Mode 02 - Read Operating

Conditions
When an emissions-related fault (pending DTC, visible in mode
07) is first detected, operating conditions are stored. Mode 02
makes it possible to access this freeze frame data as soon as this
fault is shown in mode 03. Each control module only shows freeze
frame data for one fault via mode 02. Therefore, there are two
priority levels. If there is a malfunction with higher priority, the
freeze frame data is overwritten.
– Fault with higher priority: Misfire malfunction or fuel trim mal‐
function.
– Fault with normal priority: All other emissions-related faults.

3. Diagnosis and Testing 13

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

Note

Depending on scan tool and protocol used, the information in di‐

agnostic mode 02 may be referred to by different names such as
Test-ID (TID), Hex-ID, Component-ID (CID), or On-Board Diag‐
nostic Monitor Identifier (OBDMID).

Procedure
– Connect the scan tool.
– Start the engine and run at idle.

Note

If the engine does not start, crank the engine using starter for at
least 5sonds, do not switch the ignition off afterward under any
circumstances.

– Select “Diagnostic Mode 2: Obtain operating conditions. ”.

– From the following table, select the desired the “PID”, e.g. “PID
05 - Coolant temperature” that is to be monitored.
The current values of the component or system that is being
monitored will be displayed on the scan tool screen.
PID Component or System
$00: Supported definition PIDs, $01 to $20
$02: Fault code that caused the freeze frame to be stored
$03: Fuel system status
$04: Calculated load value
$05: Coolant temperature
$06: Oxygen sensor integrator
$07: Oxygen sensor adaptation value
$0C: Engine RPM
$0D: Vehicle speed
$0E: Ignition angle
$0F: Intake air temperature (IAT)
$10: Air mass
$11: Throttle valve position 1 absolute (Throttle valve position 1)
$12: Secondary air injection (SULEV only)
$1F: Time after engine start
$20: Supported definition PIDs, $21 to $40
$23: Fuel pressure (rail pressure)
$2E: Activation of tank vent valve
$33: Ambient pressure
$40: Supported definition PIDs, $41 to $60
$42: Control modules system voltage
$43: Absolute Load Value
$44: Specified value of oxygen sensor signal
$45: Relative Throttle Position
$46: Ambient air temperature
$47: Throttle valve position 2 absolute (Throttle valve position 2)

14 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

PID Component or System

$49: Accelerator pedal position 1 absolute (Accelerator pedal position signal 1)
$4A: Accelerator pedal position 2 absolute (Accelerator pedal position signal 2)
$4C: Specified throttle valve position
$56: Offset oxygen sensor regulation after catalytic converter

– Switch the ignition off.

3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Mem‐

ory
Diagnostic Mode 03 makes it possible to read emissions-related
faults (confirmed DTCs: faults which have activated the MIL) in
the ECM and in the TCM.
When the ECM recognizes an emission related fault it turns on
the malfunction indicator lamp. If an electronic throttle malfunction
is recognized, the ECM turns on the electronic power control
warning lamp. Both are located in the instrument cluster.
The DTCs are sorted by SAE code with the DTC tables consisting
of a 5 - digit alpha - numeric value.

Note

Depending on scan tool and protocol used, diagnostic mode 03

and the information provided may be referred to by a different
name.

The following tables provide a breakdown and explanation of the

DTC code.
P - Codes
Component group
P x x x x DTC for the drivetrain
Norm-Code
P 0 x x x Trouble codes defined by SAE with specified malfunction texts
P 1 x x x Additional emission relevant DTCs provided by the manufac‐
turer
P 2 x x x DTCs defined by SAE with specified texts, from MY 2000
P 3 x x x Additional emission relevant DTCs provided by the manufac‐
turer from MY 2000

Component group
Repair group
P x 0 x x Fuel and air mixture and additional emission regulations
P x 1 x x Fuel and air ratios
P x 2 x x Fuel and air ratios
P x 3 x x Ignition system
P x 4 x x Additional exhaust system
P x 5 x x Speed and idle control
P x 6 x x Control module and output signals
P x 7 x x Transmission
P x 8 x x Transmission

Volkswagen Technical Site: http://vwts.ru http://vwts.info 3. Diagnosis and Testing 15

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

P x 9 x x Control modules, input and output signals

U - Codes
Component group
U x x x x DTC for network (CAN bus)
Norm-Code
U 0 x x x Trouble codes defined by SAE with specified malfunction
texts

Procedure
– Connect the scan tool.
– Switch the ignition to the ON position.
– Select Diagnostic Mode 03: Interrogating fault memory.
– The stored DTC or DTCs will be displayed on the scan tool
screen.
The following table is an example of the DTC information that may
be displayed on the scan tool screen:
Indication example Explanation
P0444 SAE Diagnostic Trouble Code
Evaporative emission canister purge regulator valve Malfunctioning wiring path or malfunctioning compo‐
nent
Circuit open Malfunction type as next

– Refer to the DTC tables for the diagnostic repair procedures.

– Switch the ignition off.

3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Mem‐

ory
Diagnostic Mode 04 makes it possible to erase the DTC memory
and to reset all emissions-related diagnostic data. In that way, all
faults in the DTC memory in the ECM and TCM are erased. The
adaptation values may also be reset.
Emissions-related diagnostic data includes (as applicable ):
♦ - MIL Status
♦ - Number of DTCs
♦ - Readiness bits
♦ - Confirmed DTCs
♦ - Pending DTCs
♦ - DTC that belongs to freeze frame
♦ - Freeze frame data
♦ - Monitor Status
♦ - Test results of specific diagnostic functions
♦ - Distance driven with “MIL ON”
♦ - Number of warm-up cycles after erasing the DTC memory

16 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

♦ - Distance driven after erasing the DTC memory

♦ - Misfire counter

Note

Depending on scan tool and protocol used, diagnostic mode 04

and the information provided may be referred to by a different
name.

Procedure
– Connect the scan tool.
– Switch the ignition on.
– Select Diagnostic Mode 03: Interrogating fault memory.
– Then select Mode 4: Reset/delete diagnostic data.
The scan tool will display: Diagnostic data are being erased.
– Switch the ignition off.

3.3.5 Diagnostic Mode 05 - Read Oxygen

Sensor Monitoring Test Results

Note

Mode 05 may not be supported on all systems. On systems where

Diagnostic Mode 05 is not supported, refer to Diagnostic Mode 6
for oxygen sensor Monitoring Test Results.

Test requirement
Procedure

3.3.6 Diagnostic Mode 06 - Read Test Results

for Specific Diagnostic Functions
Diagnostic Mode 06 makes it possible to retrieve test results for
special components and systems which are continuously or not
continuously monitored. If the diagnosis of a system is complete,
the diagnostic result and the corresponding thresholds are saved
and displayed in mode 06. This data remains saved (even with
the ignition off) until either new diagnostic results become avail‐
able or the DTC memory is erased.
The min. & max. values for each individual test in Mode 06 rep‐
resent the min. & max. operating values for a properly operating
system. This data is provided to the individual aftermarket scan
tool companies for development of their scan tool. Depending on
the scan tool being used, the min. & max. values shown may vary,
or be rounded up or down to the nearest decimal point depending
on the aftermarket scan tool company's development process.
e.g.:
Minimum Value
GST manual documentation 0.3499
Aftermarket scan tool display 0.35

Depending on the scan tool and protocol used, the information

displayed in Diagnostic Mode 06 may be referred to by different
names such as Test-ID (TID), Hex-ID, Component-ID (CID), On-

3. Diagnosis and Testing 17

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

Board Diagnostic Monitor Identifier (OBDMID), or contain no

name at all and may be referenced by only a number.

Note

Depending on the scan tool and protocol used, the information

displayed in diagnostic mode 06 may be referred to by different
names such as Test-ID (TID), Hex-ID, Component-ID (CID), or
On-Board Diagnostic Monitor Identifier (OBDMID).

Test requirements
• Exhaust system must be properly sealed between the catalytic
converter and the cylinder heads.
• No DTCs stored in the DTC memory.
• Coolant temperature at least 80° C.
Work procedure
– Connect the scan tool.
– Start the engine and let run at idle speed.
– Select Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are
not continuously monitored.
Select the desired Test-ID..
The current minimum and maximum values will be displayed on
the scan tool screen.
The following table is a numerical list of all“ Test-IDs” or “Hex-IDs”
that may be selected.
Test-ID (Hex-ID) Component or System
01 ($01): ⇒ page 18 Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 1, Sensor 1
02 ($02): ⇒ page 19 Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 1, Sensor 2
03 ($03): ⇒ page 19 Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 1, Sensor 3
21 ($33): ⇒ page 21 Catalytic Converter Monitoring
53 ($35): ⇒ page 21 Cam Shaft Adjustment
58 ($3A): ⇒ page 21 Fuel Tank EVAP System Integrity / Leak Test (0.90”)
59 ($3B): ⇒ page 22 Fuel Tank EVAP System Integrity / Leak Test
(0.40/1.0mm)
60 ($3C): ⇒ page 22 Fuel Tank EVAP System Integrity / Leak Test
(0.20/0.5mm)
61 ($3D): ⇒ page 23 EVAP Valve Function Check
65 ($41): ⇒ page 23 Oxygen Sensor Heater Monitor Bank 1, Sensor 1
66 ($42): ⇒ page 24 Oxygen Sensor Heater Monitor Bank 1, Sensor 2
(SULEV)
67 ($43) ⇒ page 25 Oxygen Sensor Heater Monitor Bank 1, Sensor 3
(SULEV)
162 ($A2): ⇒ page 25 Mis-Fire Cylinder 1 Data
163 ($A3): ⇒ page 26 Mis-Fire Cylinder 2 Data
164 ($A4): ⇒ page 26 Mis-Fire Cylinder 3 Data
165 ($A5): ⇒ page 26 Mis-Fire Cylinder 4 Data

Monitor-ID 01 : Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 1 - Sensor 1

– Connect the scan tool.

18 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

– Start the engine and run at idle.

– Select “Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are
not continuously monitored”.
Select “Monitor-ID 01 ”.
– Select the desired “Test-ID (TID)” or “Hex-ID”.
– Check specified values at idle.
Test-ID DTC Component or System Min. Max. Additional Information
(TID)
(Hex-ID)
131 ($83) P0133 O2S Monitor Bank 1, Sensor 1 0.30 V 1.999 V Refer to DTC P0133 in the
Response Check. DTC summary table.
⇒ page 44 .
132 ($84) P2195 O2S Monitor Bank 1, Sensor 1 -0.07 V 0.07 V Refer to DTC P2195 in the
P1296 Oscillation check. DTC summary table.
⇒ page 89 .
135 ($87) P2626 O2S Monitor Bank 1, Sensor 1 0 mV 4810 Refer to DTC P2626 in the
Pumping Current Trim Circuit / mV DTC summary table.
Open. ⇒ page 102
136 ($88) P2237 O2S Monitor Bank 1, Sensor 1 6.836 mV 7995 Refer to DTC P2237 in the
Positive Current Control Circuit / mV DTC summary table.
Open. ⇒ page 89
137 ($89) P0133 O2S Monitor Bank 1, Sensor 1 0.30 V 1.999 V Refer to DTC P0133 in the
Gradient Test. DTC summary table.
⇒ page 44

– If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified val‐

ues. Refer to Diagnostic “Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Mem‐
ory” to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic
repair procedure
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”,
page 15 .
– Switch the ignition off.
Monitor-ID 02 : Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 1- Sensor 2
– Connect the scan tool.
– Start the engine and run at idle.
– Select “Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are
not continuously monitored”.
Select “Monitor-ID 02”.
– Select the desired “Test-ID (TID)” or “Hex-ID”.
– Check specified values at idle.
Test-ID DTC Component or System Min. Max. Additional Information
(TID)
05 ($05) P013A O2S Monitor Bank 1, Sensor 2 0s 700 ms Refer to DTC P013A in the
(ULEV) DTC summary table.
O2S Monitor Bank 1, Sensor 2 ⇒ page 48
(SULEV)
Circuit Slow Response. (Rich to
Lean)
129 ($81) P2271 O2S Circuit Bank 1, Sensor 3 0V 79 mV - Refer to DTC P2271 in the
(ULEV) 802 mV DTC summary table. (ULEV)
O2S Circuit Bank 1, Sensor 2 ⇒ page 92
(SULEV) Refer to DTC P2271 in the
Output Voltage Check. DTC summary table. (SULEV)
(signal activity) ⇒ page 93

3. Diagnosis and Testing 19

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

Test-ID DTC Component or System Min. Max. Additional Information

(TID)
130 ($82) P2270 O2S Circuit Bank 1, Sensor 2 79 mV - 1260 Refer to DTC P2270 in the
(ULEV) 802 mV mV DTC summary table. (ULEV)
O2S Circuit Bank 1, Sensor 2 ⇒ page 92
(SULEV) Refer to DTC P2270 in the
Output Voltage Check. DTC summary table. (SULEV)
(signal activity) ⇒ page 92
138 ($8A) P2271 O2S Output Voltage Bank 1, 0V 182 mV Refer to DTC P2271 in the
Sensor 2 (ULEV) DTC summary table. (ULEV)
O2S Output Bank 1, Sensor 2 ⇒ page 92
(SULEV) Refer to DTC P2271 in the
Response Check. DTC summary table. (SULEV)
(signal activity) ⇒ page 93

– If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified val‐

ues. Refer to Diagnostic “Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Mem‐
ory” to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic
repair procedure
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”,
page 15 .
– Switch the ignition off.
Monitor-ID 03 : Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 1- Sensor 3
– Connect the scan tool.
– Start the engine and run at idle.
– Select “Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are
not continuously monitored”.
Select “Monitor-ID 03”.
– Select the desired “Test-ID (TID)” or “Hex-ID”.
– Check specified values at idle.
Test-ID (TID) DTC Component or System Min. Max. Additional Information
(Hex-ID)
05 ($05) P013A (SULEV) 0s 700 ms Refer to DTC P013A in the
O2S Monitor Bank 1, Sensor 3 DTC summary table.
Circuit Slow Response. (Rich to ⇒ page 48
Lean)
129 ($81) P2275 (SULEV Only) 0V 79.1 mV - Refer to DTC P2275 in the
O2S Circuit Bank 1, Sensor 3 801.8 mV DTC summary table.
Slow Response. ⇒ page 94
130 ($82) P2274 (SULEV Only) 79.1 mV - 1.2998 V Refer to DTC P2274 in the
O2S Circuit Bank 1, Sensor 3 801.8 mV DTC summary table.
Slow Response. ⇒ page 93
138 ($8A) P0145 (SULEV) 0V 182 mV Refer to DTC P0145 in the
O2S Circuit Bank 1, Sensor 3 DTC summary table.
Slow Response. ⇒ page 50

– If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified val‐

ues. Refer to Diagnostic “Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Mem‐
ory” to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic
repair procedure
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”,
page 15 .
– Switch the ignition off.

20 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

Monitor-ID 21: Catalytic Converter Monitoring

– Connect the scan tool.
– Start the engine and run at idle.
– Select “Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are
not continuously monitored”.
Select “Monitor-ID 21”.
– Select the desired “Test-ID (TID)” or “Hex-ID”.
– Check specified values at idle.
Test-ID (TID) DTC Component or System Min. Max. Additional Information
(Hex-ID)
132 ($84) P0420 Catalyst System Efficiency Be‐ 1 ms 15.99976 Refer to DTC P0420 in the
low Threshold (Bank 1) ms DTC summary table.
⇒ page 69 .

– If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified val‐

ues. Refer to Diagnostic “Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Mem‐
ory” to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic
repair procedure
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”,
page 15 .
Monitor-ID 53 : Cam Shaft Adjustment
– Connect the scan tool.
– Start the engine and run at idle.
– Select “Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are
not continuously monitored”.
Select “Monitor-ID 53”.
– Select the desired “Test-ID (TID)” or “Hex-ID”.
– Check specified values at idle.
Test-ID (TID) DTC Component or System Min. Max. Additional Information
(Hex-ID)
128 ($80) P0011 Intake (A) Camshaft Position 2.5° KW 28° KW Refer to DTC P0011 in the
Timing - Over-Advanced (Bank DTC summary table.
1) ⇒ page 31
129 ($81) P000 Intake (A) Camshaft Position 8° KW 28° KW Refer to DTC P000A in the
A Slow Response (Bank 1) DTC summary table.
⇒ page 31

– If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified val‐

ues. Refer to Diagnostic “Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Mem‐
ory” to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic
repair procedure
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”,
page 15 .
– Switch the ignition off.
Monitor-ID 58 : Fuel Tank EVAP System Integrity/Leak Test
(0.90”)
– Connect the scan tool.
– Start the engine and run at idle.

3. Diagnosis and Testing 21

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

– Select “Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are

not continuously monitored”.
Select “Monitor-ID 58 ”.
– Select the desired “Test-ID (TID)” or “Hex-ID”.
– Check specified values at idle.
Test-ID (TID) DTC Component or System Min. Max. Additional Information
(Hex-ID)
129 ($81) P0455 Fuel Tank Evaporative Emis‐ 950 ms 65535 ms Refer to DTC P0455 in the
sion System Leak Detected DTC summary table.
(large leak or no flow) ⇒ page 74 .

– If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified val‐

ues. Refer to Diagnostic “Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Mem‐
ory” to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic
repair procedure
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”,
page 15 .
– Switch the ignition off.
Monitor-ID 59 : Fuel Tank EVAP System Integrity/Leak Test
(0.40/1.0mm)
– Connect the scan tool.
– Start the engine and run at idle.
– Select “Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are
not continuously monitored”.
Select “Monitor-ID 59”.
– Select the desired “Test-ID (TID)” or “Hex-ID”.
– Check specified values at idle.
Test-ID (TID) DTC Component or System Min. Max. Additional Information
(Hex-ID)
129 ($81) P0442 Fuel Tank Evaporative Emis‐ 1550 ms - 65535 ms Refer to DTC P0442 in the
sion System Leak Detected 1750 ms DTC summary table.
(Small Leak) ⇒ page 73 .

– If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified val‐

ues. Refer to Diagnostic “Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Mem‐
ory” to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic
repair procedure
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”,
page 15 .
– Switch the ignition off.
Monitor-ID 60 : Fuel Tank EVAP System Integrity/Leak Test
(0.20/0.5mm)
– Connect the scan tool.
– Start the engine and run at idle.
– Select “Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are
not continuously monitored”.
Select “Monitor-ID 60”.
– Select the desired “Test-ID (TID)” or “Hex-ID”.
– Check specified values at idle.

22 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

Test-ID (TID) DTC Component or System Min. Max. Additional Information

(Hex-ID)
129 ($81) P045 Fuel tank Evaporative Emis‐ 5000 ms 65535 ms Refer to DTC P0456 in the
6 sion System Leak Detected DTC summary table.
(very small leak) ⇒ page 75 .
130 ($82) Fuel Tank Leak Test 4.977 ms 65535 ms

– If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified val‐

ues. Refer to Diagnostic “Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Mem‐
ory” to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic
repair procedure
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”,
page 15 .
– Switch the ignition off.
Monitor-ID 61 : EVAP Valve Function Check
– Connect the scan tool.
– Start the engine and run at idle.
– Select “Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are
not continuously monitored”.
Select “Monitor-ID 61”.
– Select the desired “Test-ID (TID)” or “Hex-ID”.
– Check specified values at idle.
Test-ID (TID) DTC Component or System Min. Max. Additional Information
(Hex-ID)
128 ($80) P044 EVAP Valve Function Check (PQ35),, 1.999% Refer to DTC P0441 in the
1 ( Incorrect Purge Flow) 0.350% DTC summary table.
(PL48), ⇒ page 72 .
0.300%
130 ($82) --- EVAP canister purge regulator (PQ35), 10% Refer to DTC P0441 in the
valve 1. 0.0698% DTC summary table.
Percentage Open: Monitor, O2S (PL48), ⇒ page 72 .
Voltage Oscillation deviating to 0.731%
Lean direction.
(can only test OK)
130 ($82) --- EVAP canister purge regulator -10% (PQ35) Refer to DTC P0441 in the
valve 1. -0.0698% DTC summary table.
Percentage Closed: Monitor, (PL48) ⇒ page 72 .
O2S Voltage Oscillation deviat‐ -0.731%
ing to Rich direction.
(can only test OK)

– If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified val‐

ues. Refer to Diagnostic “Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Mem‐
ory” to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic
repair procedure
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”,
page 15 .
– Switch the ignition off.
Monitor-ID 65 : Oxygen Sensor Heater Monitor Bank 1 - Sensor
1
– Connect the scan tool.
– Start the engine and run at idle.

3. Diagnosis and Testing 23

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

– Select “Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are

not continuously monitored”.
Select “Monitor-ID 65”.
– Select the desired “Test-ID (TID)” or “Hex-ID”.
– Check specified values at idle.
Test-ID (TID) DTC Component or System Min. Max. Additional Information
(Hex-ID)
133 ($85) P0135 (PL48) , +40° C 1200° C Refer to DTC P0135 in the
Oxygen Sensor Heater Monitor DTC summary table. (PL48)
Bank 1, Sensor 1. ⇒ page 45 .
Temp° Checking.
(PQ35) , 715° C 6153.5° C Refer to DTC P0135 in the
Oxygen Sensor Heater Monitor DTC summary table. (PQ35)
Bank 1, Sensor 1. ⇒ page 45 .
Temp° Checking. (Set temper‐
ature is not reached,
Heater control Temp° is not ac‐
ceptable).

– If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified val‐

ues. Refer to Diagnostic “Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Mem‐
ory” to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic
repair procedure
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”,
page 15 .
– Switch the ignition off.
Monitor-ID 66 ($42): Oxygen Sensor Heater Monitor Bank 1 -
Sensor 2
– Connect the scan tool.
– Start the engine and run at idle.
– Select “Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are
not continuously monitored”.
Select “Monitor-ID 66”.
– Select the desired “Test-ID (TID)” or “Hex-ID”.
– Check specified values at idle.
Test-ID (TID) DTC Component or System Min. Max. Additional Information
(Hex-ID)
129 ($81) P014 (PL48) (ULEV) 0Ω 810 Ω - Refer to DTC P0141 in the
1 Oxygen Sensor Heater Monitor 4560 Ω DTC summary table. (PL48)
Bank 1, Sensor 2, Internal re‐ (ULEV) ⇒ page 49 .
sistance test.
(PQ35) (ULEV) 0Ω 702 Ω - Refer to DTC P0141 in the
Oxygen Sensor Heater Monitor 5250 Ω DTC summary table. (PQ35)
Bank 1, Sensor 2, Internal re‐ (ULEV) ⇒ page 49 .
sistance test.
(SULEV) 0Ω 702 Ω - Refer to DTC P0141 in the
Oxygen Sensor Heater Monitor 5250 Ω DTC summary table. (SU‐
Bank 1, Sensor 2, Internal re‐ LEV) ⇒ page 49 .
sistance test.

– If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified val‐

ues. Refer to Diagnostic “Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Mem‐
ory” to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic
repair procedure

24 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”,

page 15 .
– Switch the ignition off.
Monitor-ID 67 : Oxygen Sensor Heater Monitor Bank 1 - Sensor
3 (SULEV)
– Connect the scan tool.
– Start the engine and run at idle.
– Select “Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are
not continuously monitored”.
Select “Monitor-ID 67”.
– Select the desired “Test-ID (TID)” or “Hex-ID”.
– Check specified values at idle.
Test-ID (TID) DTC Component or System Min. Max. Additional Information
(Hex-ID)
129 ($81) P014 (SULEV Only) 0Ω 792 Ω - 4560 Refer to DTC P0147 in the
7 Oxygen Sensor Heater Monitor Ω DTC summary table.
Bank 1, Sensor 3, Internal re‐ ⇒ page 51
sistance test.

– If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified val‐

ues. Refer to Diagnostic “Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Mem‐
ory” to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic
repair procedure
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”,
page 15 .
Monitor-ID A2 : Mis-Fire Cylinder 1 Data
– Connect the scan tool.
– Start the engine and run at idle.
– Select “Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are
not continuously monitored”.
Select “Monitor-ID A2 ”.
– Select the desired “Test-ID (TID)” or “Hex-ID”.
– Check specified values at idle.
Test-ID (TID) DTC Component or System Min./Max. Values Additional Information
(Hex-ID)
11 ($0B) P030 Misfire cylinder 1, Average val‐ 0 - 65535 (counts) Refer to DTC P0301 in the
1 ue over 10 Driving Cycles. DTC summary table.
⇒ page 62 .
12 ($0C) P030 Misfire cylinder 1, in this Driving 0 - 65535 (counts) Refer to DTC P0301 in the
1 Cycle. DTC summary table.
⇒ page 62 .

– If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified val‐

ues. Refer to Diagnostic “Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Mem‐
ory” to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic
repair procedure
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”,
page 15 .
– Switch the ignition off.

3. Diagnosis and Testing 25

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

Monitor-ID A3: Mis-Fire Cylinder 2 Data

– Connect the scan tool.
– Start the engine and run at idle.
– Select “Mode 6 Check test the results of components that are
not continuously monitored”.
Select “Monitor-ID A3:”.
– Select the desired “Test-ID (TID)” or “Hex-ID”.
– Check specified values at idle.
Test-ID (TID) DTC Component or System Min./Max. Values Additional Information
(Hex-ID)
11 ($0B) P030 Misfire cylinder 2, Average val‐ 0 - 65535 (counts) Refer to DTC P0302 in the
2 ue over 10 Driving Cycles. DTC summary table.
⇒ page 63 .
12 ($0C) P030 Misfire cylinder 2, in this Driving 0 - 65535 (counts) Refer to DTC P0302 in the
2 Cycle. DTC summary table.
⇒ page 63 .

– If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified val‐

ues. Refer to Diagnostic “Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Mem‐
ory” to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic
repair procedure
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”,
page 15 .
– Switch the ignition off.
Monitor-ID A4: Mis-Fire Cylinder 3 Data
– Connect the scan tool.
– Start the engine and run at idle.
– Select “Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are
not continuously monitored”.
Select “Monitor-ID A4”.
– Select the desired “Test-ID (TID)” or “Hex-ID”.
– Check specified values at idle.
Test-ID (TID) DTC Component or System Min./Max. Values Additional Information
(Hex-ID)
11 ($0B) P0303 Misfire cylinder 3, Average val‐ 0 - 65535 (counts) Refer to DTC P0303 in the
ue over 10 Driving Cycles. DTC summary table.
⇒ page 64 .
12 ($0C) P0303 Misfire cylinder 3, in this Driv‐ 0 - 65535 (counts) Refer to DTC P0303 in the
ing Cycle. DTC summary table.
⇒ page 64 .

– If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified val‐

ues. Refer to Diagnostic “Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Mem‐
ory” to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic
repair procedure
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”,
page 15 .
– Switch the ignition off.
Monitor-ID A5 : Mis-Fire Cylinder 4 Data
– Connect the scan tool.

26 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

– Start the engine and run at idle.

– Select “Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are
not continuously monitored”.
Select “Monitor-ID A5”.
– Select the desired “Test-ID (TID)” or “Hex-ID”.
– Check specified values at idle.
Test-ID (TID) DTC Component or System Min./Max. Values Additional Information
(Hex-ID)
11 ($0B) P0304 Misfire cylinder 4, Average 0 - 65535 (counts) Refer to DTC P0304 in the
value over 10 Driving Cycles. DTC summary table.
⇒ page 65 .
12 ($0C) P0304 Misfire cylinder 4, in this Driv‐ 0 - 65535 (counts) Refer to DTC P0304 in the
ing Cycle. DTC summary table.
⇒ page 65 .

– If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified val‐

ues. Refer to Diagnostic “Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Mem‐
ory” to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic
repair procedure
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”,
page 15 .
– Switch the ignition off.
– If any of the components or systems fail to meet the specified
values, refer to Diagnostic Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Mem‐
ory to check for stored DTCs or the corresponding diagnostic
repair procedure.
– Switch the ignition off.

3.3.7 Diagnostic Mode 07 - Read Faults De‐

tected During the Current or Last Driving
Cycle
Mode 07 makes it possible to check emissions-related faults
which appeared during the current or last driving cycle (pending
DTCs).
A pending DTC is saved the first time a fault is detected (output
via Mode 07).
– If the fault is detected again by the end of the following driving
cycle, a confirmed DTC is entered (output via Mode 03) and
the MIL is activated.
– If this malfunction is not detected again by the end of the fol‐
lowing driving cycle, the corresponding pending code will be
deleted at the end of the driving cycle.

Note

Depending on scan tool and protocol used, some of the informa‐

tion provided may be referred to by a different name.

Procedure
– Connect the scan tool.
– Start the engine and run at idle.

3. Diagnosis and Testing 27

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

Note

If the engine does not start, crank the engine using starter for at
least 5 seconds. Do not switch the ignition off afterward.

– Select Mode 7: Check test results of components that are

continuously monitored.
The number of pending DTCs or 0 malfunctions detected will be
displayed on the scan tool screen.
– Refer to the DTC tables for the diagnostic repair procedures.
– Switch the ignition off.

3.3.8 Diagnostic Mode 08 - Request Control

of On-Board System, Test or Compo‐
nent
Diagnostic Mode 08 is used to control the operation of an on-
board system, test or component. A Mode 8 service can be used
to turn on-board system ON or OFF, or to cycle an on-board sys‐
tem, test or component on or off for a specific period of time. The
service can also be used to request system status or to report test
results.
Test requirements
• No DTCs stored in the DTC memory.
• Intake Air Temperature (IAT) maximum 60° C.
• Coolant temperature 80 -110° C.
• Throttle valve angle 12.0 - 16.0%.
Function test

Note

If the accelerator pedal is depressed during the test, the test will
be aborted.

– Connect the scan tool.

– Start the engine and run at idle for at least 15 minutes.
– Select “Mode 8: Tank Leak Test”.
– Select “Test-ID 01: Tank Leak Test”.
– Check the specified value of the tank leak test at idle.
– The following will be displayed on the scan tool screen:
Tank leak test Specified value
♦ Test function active Test OK
♦ Test function is being initiated, please wait
♦ Test off
♦ Test aborted

– Switch the ignition off.

If the specified result is obtained:

28 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

System OK.
If the specified result is not obtained:
– Repeat the tank leak test, switch the ignition off and start the
engine again and let run for 15 minutes at idle.
– Switch the ignition off.
If the specified result is again not obtained:
– A leak may be present. Refer to
⇒ “3.6.15 Evaporative System, Checking for Leaks”,
page 164 .

3.3.9 Diagnostic Mode 09 - Read Vehicle In‐

formation
Diagnostic Mode 09 makes it possible to access vehicle-specific
information from the ECM and the TCM (where applicable).

Note

Depending on scan tool and protocol used, Diagnostic Mode 09

and the information provided may be referred to by a different
name.

Test requirement
• No DTCs stored in the DTC memory.
Procedure
– Connect the scan tool.
– Switch the ignition on.
– Select Mode 09: Vehicle information.
– Select the desired Test-ID.
– The information requested will be displayed on the scan tool
screen.
The following table is a numerical list of all Test-IDs that may be
selected.
Test-ID Diagnostic text
$02: Vehicle identification number (VIN) e.g.
♦ A different 17 digit number will be displayed for each vehicle

$04: Calibration identification (CALID) e.g.

♦ Calibration Identification (CALID) Part number and software version

$06: Calibration identification number (CVN) check sum e.g.

♦ EC5AE460 the check sum is different for every control module version

♦ 000D105

$0A: ECM / TCM Name e.g.

♦ Engine Control Module (ECM)

♦ Transmission Control Module (TCM)

$08: In-Use Performance Tracking (IPT - Counter)

3. Diagnosis and Testing 29

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

Test-ID Diagnostic text

♦ General Denominator: OBDCOND
♦ Ignition Cycle Counter: IGNCNTR
♦ Function-specific numerators / denominators
♦ Catalyst diagnosis
♦ O2S probe diagnosis before catalytic converter
♦ EGR diagnostic / Camshaft Position - diagnosis
♦ Secondary air injection diagnostics
♦ EVAP diagnosis
♦ O2S probe after catalytic converter diagnosis

– Switch the ignition off.

3.3.10 Diagnostic Mode 0A - Check Permanent

DTC Memory
Mode 0A - Check Permanent DTC Memory (Request emissions-
related diagnostic trouble codes with permanent status after code
clear)
Permanent Fault Codes From MY 2010 with Phase-In conforming
to CCR 1968.2 (d)(2.2.5): 50% from MY 2010 / 75% from MY
2011 / 100% from MY 2012 The vehicle only participates in
Phase-In if all of the OBD-relevant control modules in the vehicle
meet these requirements.
Mode 0A may only be supported exclusively by OBD control mod‐
ules in US vehicles. Mode 0A may not be supported in EOBD
vehicles, meaning the control module may not send a response
here.
Mode 0A enables the request of all OBD - relevant faults with the
status “Permanent Fault Code”: - Permanent Fault Codes are
Confirmed Fault Codes that are currently activating the MIL. That
means faults that are still displayed in Mode 03 but no longer ac‐
tivate the MIL (History Fault Codes) are not Permanent Fault
Codes. - Permanent Fault Codes are updated in Mode 0A at the
same time as NVRAM storage immediately after switching the
ignition off. A newly detected Permanent Fault Code is only visible
after switching the ignition off/on in Mode 0A. - Permanent Fault
Codes may only be erased in the control module after they are
corrected as long as the last diagnostic result was a PASS and
the MIL is no longer activated by this fault. The Permanent Fault
Codes should be erased from Mode 0A at the same time the MIL
switches off when the ignition is switched off/on. - Permanent
Fault Codes may not be erased by clearing the DTC memory or
disconnecting the power supply. Storage in NVRAM is required.
- Permanent Fault Codes may only be erased after clearing the
DTC memory under the following conditions: - As long as no FAIL
diagnostic result was detected for a Permanent Fault Code - and
at least one PASS diagnostic result was detected - and the Min‐
imum Trip Conditions for a General Denominator (without con‐
sidering high/ambient temperature) were met in this phase in any
DCY after erasing the DTC memory. - The engine control module
relays the message “Minimum Trip conditions met” to all other
OBD control modules via CAN: CAN message OBD_01, Byte 8,
Bit 4: OBD_Minimum_Trip - Permanent Fault Codes may NOT be
erased if the diagnostic result is FAIL after clearing the DTC
memory. A Pending Fault Code should be stored and the DTC
memory line should be overwritten with new Freeze Frame data.
(Exception: If the Pending Fault Code is corrected without a Con‐

30 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

firmed Fault Code being detected, the Permanent Fault Code may
also be erased under the conditions described below.) - Perma‐
nent Fault Codes should be erased in engine control modules
after Update Programming. At this time, all readiness bits (Mode
01 PID $01) must be reset to “not complete” [ (g)(4.4.6)(D) ]. Per‐
manent Fault Codes should not be erased in OBD control mod‐
ules with Comprehensive Components (CCM) as a single
readiness bit if the identical program/data status is being pro‐
grammed. If a different program/data status is being program‐
med, Permanent Fault Codes should be erased after Update
Programming. - The procedure in Mode 01 through Mode 09 and
in the service tester is NOT affected by implementation of the
Permanent Fault Codes.

3.4 Engine DTC Tables

♦ ⇒ “3.4.1 Engine Control Module ”, page 31

3.4.1 Engine Control Module

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P000 Intake (A) – Check the • Signal change • Time after engine • 30 s • multi‐
A Camshaft Po‐ Camshaft Ad‐ <1.9 – 4.2° CRK/ start, >3 – 10 s. ple
sition Slow justment s
Response Valve 1 - • frequency (normal • 2 DCY
(Bank 1) N205- . Refer operation), 4 times
to • OR
⇒ “3.6.1 Cam‐
shaft Adjust‐ • frequency @ cold
ment Valve 1 start, 2 times
N205 , Check‐
ing”,
page 136 .
P0010 Intake (A) – Check the • Signal voltage, • camshaft valve, off • 0.5 • Con‐
Camshaft Po‐ Camshaft Ad‐ >4.40 – 5.60 V s tinu‐
sition Actuator justment • Engine speed, >80 ous
Circuit / Open Valve 1 - RPM
(Bank 1) N205- . Refer • 2 DCY
to
⇒ “3.6.1 Cam‐
shaft Adjust‐
ment Valve 1
N205 , Check‐
ing”,
page 136 .
P0011 Intake (A) – Check the • Target error • oil temp. -48.0° C – • 30 s • multi‐
Camshaft Po‐ Camshaft Ad‐ (Stuck position) 143.30° C ple
sition Timing - justment >6.8 – 8° CRK
Over-Ad‐ Valve 1 - • frequency (normal • 2 DCY
vanced (Bank N205 - . Refer operating), 4.0
1) to times
⇒ “3.6.1 Cam‐ • Time after engine
shaft Adjust‐ start, >3 s – 10 s.
ment Valve 1
N205 , Check‐ • OR
ing”,
page 136 . • frequency @ cold
start, 2.0 times

Volkswagen Technical Site: http://vwts.ru http://vwts.info

3. Diagnosis and Testing 31

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P0016 Crankshaft – Check the • permissible de‐ • 2s • multi‐
Position - Camshaft Po‐ viation, <11.0 ple
Camshaft Po‐ sition (CMP) Rev
sition Correla‐ Sensor - G40 • 2 DCY
tion Bank 1 - . Refer to • OR
Sensor A ⇒ “3.6.2 Cam‐ • permissible de‐
shaft Position viation, >11.0
Sensor G40 , Rev
Checking”,
page 138 .
P025 Fuel Pump – Check the fuel • Signal voltage > • Engine speed, > • 0.5 • Con‐
A Open circuit pump. Refer 4.40 – 5.60 V 80 RPM s tinu‐
to ous
⇒ “3.6.22 Fuel
Pump Electri‐ • 2 DCY
cal, Testing”,
page 176 .
P025 Fuel Pump – Check the fuel • Signal voltage< • Engine speed, > • 0.5 • Con‐
C Short to pump. Refer 2.15 – 3.25 V 80 RPM s tinu‐
ground to ous
⇒ “3.6.22 Fuel
Pump Electri‐ • 2 DCY
cal, Testing”,
page 176 .
P025 Fuel Pump – Check the fuel • Signal current > • Engine speed, > • 0.5 • Con‐
D Short to B+ pump. Refer 1.10 A 80 RPM s tinu‐
to ous
⇒ “3.6.22 Fuel
Pump Electri‐ • 2 DCY
cal, Testing”,
page 176 .
P0030 HO2S Heater – Check the • Heater voltage • Time after engine • 0.5 • Con‐
Control Circuit Oxygen Sen‐ 2.34 – 3.59 V start, >5 s s tinu‐
Bank 1 Sen‐ sor (O2S) ous
sor 1 Heater - Z19- . • heater comman‐
Refer to ded off • 2 DCY
⇒ “3.6.33
Oxygen Sen‐
sor Heater
Z19 , Check‐
ing”,
page 199 .
P0031 HO2S Heater – Check the • Heater voltage < • Time after engine • 0.5 • Con‐
Control Circuit Oxygen Sen‐ 2.34 V start, >5 s s tinu‐
Low Bank 1 sor (O2S) ous
Sensor 1 Heater - Z19- . • heater comman‐
Refer to ded off • 2 DCY
⇒ “3.6.33
Oxygen Sen‐
sor Heater
Z19 , Check‐
ing”,
page 199 .

32 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P0032 HO2S Heater – Check the • Heater voltage > • Time after engine • 0.5 • Con‐
Control Circuit Oxygen Sen‐ 3.59 V start, >5 s s tinu‐
High Bank 1 sor (O2S) ous
Sensor 1 Heater - Z19- . • heater comman‐
Refer to ded on • 2 DCY
⇒ “3.6.33
Oxygen Sen‐
sor Heater
Z19 , Check‐
ing”,
page 199 .
P0036 HO2S Heater – Check the • Heater voltage • Time after engine • 0.5 • Con‐
Control Circuit Oxygen Sen‐ 4.50 – 5.50 V start, >5 s s tinu‐
Bank 1 Sen‐ sor (O2S) ous
sor 2 Heater - Z29- . • heater comman‐
Refer to ded off • 2 DCY
⇒ “3.6.34
Heater For SULEV
Oxygen Sen‐ • Engine speed, >80
sor 1 After RPM
Catalytic Con‐
verter Z29 , • Heater comman‐
Checking”, ded off
page 201 .
P0037 HO2S Heater – Check the • Heater voltage < • SULEV Time after • 0.5 • Con‐
Control Circuit Oxygen Sen‐ 3V engine start, >5 s s tinu‐
Low Bank 1 sor (O2S) ous
Sensor 2 Heater - Z29 • heater comman‐
- . Refer to ded off • 2 DCY
⇒ “3.6.34 • ULEV engine
Heater For speed >80 RPM
Oxygen Sen‐
sor 1 After • heater, comman‐
Catalytic Con‐ ded off
verter Z29 ,
Checking”,
page 201 .
P0038 HO2S Heater – Check the • Heater current, • engine speed, >80 • 0.5 • Con‐
Control Circuit Oxygen Sen‐ > 2.70 – 5.50 A RPM s tinu‐
High Bank 1 sor (O2S) ous
Sensor 2 Heater - Z29 • heater comman‐
- . Refer to ded on • 2 DCY
⇒ “3.6.34
Heater For
Oxygen Sen‐
sor 1 After
Catalytic Con‐
verter Z29 ,
Checking”,
page 201 .

3. Diagnosis and Testing 33

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P0042 HO2S Heater – Check the • Heater voltage • engine speed, >80 • 0.5 • Con‐
Control Circuit Oxygen Sen‐ 4.50 – 5.50 V RPM s tinu‐
Bank 1 Sen‐ sor (O2S) ous
sor 3 Heater - Z29 • heater comman‐
- . Refer to ded off • 2 DCY
⇒ “3.6.34
Heater For
Oxygen Sen‐
sor 1 After
Catalytic Con‐
verter Z29 ,
Checking”,
page 201 .
P0043 HO2S Heater – Check the • Heater voltage < • SULEV Time after • 0.5 • Con‐
Control Circuit Oxygen Sen‐ 3V engine start, >5 s s tinu‐
Low Bank 1, sor (O2S) ous
Sensor 2, Heater - Z29 • heater comman‐
Short to - . Refer to ded off • 2 DCY
ground ⇒ “3.6.34 • ULEV engine
Heater For speed >80 RPM
Oxygen Sen‐
sor 1 After • heater, comman‐
Catalytic Con‐ ded off
verter Z29 ,
Checking”,
page 201 .
P0044 HO2S Heater – Check the • Heater current, • engine speed, >80 • 0.5 • Con‐
Control Circuit Oxygen Sen‐ > 2.70 – 5.50 A RPM s tinu‐
High Bank 1 sor (O2S) ous
Sensor 3 Heater - Z2 • heater comman‐
9- . Refer to ded on • 2 DCY
⇒ “3.6.34
Heater For
Oxygen Sen‐
sor 1 After
Catalytic Con‐
verter Z29 ,
Checking”,
page 201 .

34 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P050 Idle Air Con‐ – Check the Out of range-low • time after engine • 4s • multi‐
A trol System Throttle Valve • engine speed start >0.0 s ple
RPM Lower Control Mod‐ deviation <80
Or Higher ule - J338 - . RPM • driver torque de‐ • 2 DCY
Than Expec‐ Refer to mand none
ted ⇒ “3.6.37 Out of range-high
• engine speed • vehicle speed 0
Throttle Valve kmh
Control Mod‐ deviation >80
ule J338 , RPM • altitude <2700 m
Checking”,
page 208 . • IAT >-48° C
• EVAP purge valve
closed
• catalyst heating
active
• FOR MANUAL
TRANSMIS‐
SIONS:
• engine load <40%
– 75%
• catalyst heating
active
• time after engine
start >0.0 s
• driver torque de‐
mand none
• vehicle speed 0
kmh
• altitude <2700 m
• IAT >-48° C
• catalyst heating
active

P0068 MAP/MAF – – Check the • plausibility with • fuel system moni‐ • 30 s • Con‐
Throttle Posi‐ Mass Air Flow fuel system, tor, running tinu‐
tion Correla‐ (MAF) Sensor load calculation ous
tion - G70- . Refer <50% • lambda control
to closed loop • 2 DCY
⇒ “3.6.30 • plausibility with
Mass Airflow fuel system,
Sensor G70 , load calculation
Checking”, >50%
page 192 .
P0070 Ambient air – Check the • ambient air temp • CAN active • 2s • multi‐
temp sensor Outside Air <45.0° C ple
short to B+ Temperature
Sensor - G17 • 2 DCY
- . Refer to
⇒ “3.6.24 Am‐
bient Air Tem‐
perature Sen‐
sor G17 ,
Checking”,
page 181

3. Diagnosis and Testing 35

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P0071 Rationality – Check the • difference value • engine off time >6 • 0s • Once/
check Outside Air AAT – ECT @ h DCY
Temperature engine start (de‐
Sensor - G17 pending on en‐ • ECT @ engine • 2 DCY
- . Refer to gine-off time) > start minus IAT @
⇒ “3.6.24 Am‐ 25K – 40K engine start<=40 –
bient Air Tem‐ 25° C
perature Sen‐ AND • ECT @ engine
sor G17 , • difference value
AAT – IAT en‐ start <.75 °C mi‐
Checking”, nus ECT @ time
page 181 gine start (de‐
pending on en‐ after 60 s
gine-off time) > • AAT @ engine
25K – 40K start <=5.2° C
• minus
• AAT @ condition
vehicle speed >25
MPH
• for time >10 s
• intake air temp
<=5.2° C @ en‐
gine start
• minus
• intake air temp @
condition vehicle
speed >25 MPH
• for time >10 s

P0072 Ambient air – Check the • ambient air temp • CAN active • 2s • multi‐
temp sensor Outside Air >87.0° C ple
short to Temperature
ground Sensor - G17 • 2 DCY
- . Refer to
⇒ “3.6.24 Am‐
bient Air Tem‐
perature Sen‐
sor G17 ,
Checking”,
page 181
P0087 Fuel Rail/Sys‐ – Check the • pressure control • engine speed, > • 5s • multi‐
tem Pressure Fuel Pressure activity, > 4.00 600 RPM ple
- Too Low Sensor - mPa
G247 - . Refer • evap purge adap‐ • 2 DCY
to • AND tation, < 22.00
⇒ “3.6.17 • fuel trim activity, • fuel cut off, not ac‐
Fuel Pressure 1.30 – 16.00 tive
Sensor G247 ,
Checking”, • AND • lambda control,
page 168 closed loop
• difference be‐
tween target
pressure vs. ac‐
tual pressure, >
-16.38 mPa

36 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P0088 Fuel Rail/Sys‐ – Check the • Fuel rail pres‐ • 3s • 2 DCY
tem Pressure Fuel Pressure sure > 13.9 MPa
- Too High Sensor -
G247 - . Refer
to
⇒ “3.6.17
Fuel Pressure
Sensor G247 ,
Checking”,
page 168
P0089 Fuel Pressure – Check the Actual pressure De‐ • ECT, > -48° C • 0.5 • 2 DCY
Regulator 1 Fuel Pressure viation s
Performance Sensor - • <100 kPa • Time after engine
G247 - . Refer start
to • >100 kPa
⇒ “3.6.17
Fuel Pressure
Sensor G247 ,
Checking”,
page 168 .
P0100 Mass or Vol‐ – Check the • MAF sensor sig‐ • 0.5 • Con‐
ume Air Flow Mass Air Flow nal, 0 us s tinu‐
A Circuit (MAF) Sensor ous
- G70 - . Refer
to • 2 DCY
⇒ “3.6.30
Mass Airflow
Sensor G70 ,
Checking”,
page 192 .

3. Diagnosis and Testing 37

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P0101 Mass or Vol‐ – Check the • mass air flow vs • time after engine • 2s • multi‐
ume Air Flow Mass Air Flow lower threshold start, >150 cam‐ ple
A Circuit (MAF) Sensor model <12% shaft revs
Range/Per‐ - G70 - . Refer • 2 DCY
formance to • mass air flow vs • time after engine
⇒ “3.6.30 upper threshold start, >150 cam‐
Mass Airflow <12% shaft revs
Sensor G70 , • load calculation • throttle position
Checking”, >21%. 23 for <99.6%
page 192 . ULEV only
• engine speed
• AND 1320 – 5000 RPM
• fuel system • ECT >60.0° C
(mult) <-19%.
-23 ULEV only • IAT <90.0° C

• load calculation • mass air flow 0.0 –

<21%. -23 for 450 kg/h
ULEV only • engine load 20%
• AND -100%

• fuel system • lambda control

(mult) >19%. 23 closed loop
ULEV only • EVAP purge valve
closed
• if low fuel signal
then wait until
mass fuel integral
>0.0 kg
• throttle position
<99.6%
• engine speed
1320 – 5000 RPM
• ECT >60.0° C
• IAT <90.0° C
• mass air flow 0.0 –
450 kg/h
• engine load 20% –
100%
• lambda control
closed loop
• EVAP purge valve
closed
• if low fuel signal
then wait until
mass fuel integral
>0.0 kg

38 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P0102 Mass or Vol‐ – Check the • MAF sensor sig‐ • 0.5 • Con‐
ume Air Flow Mass Air Flow nal, <66 us s tinu‐
A Circuit Low (MAF) Sensor ous
Input - G70 - . Refer
to • 2 DCY
⇒ “3.6.30
Mass Airflow
Sensor G70 ,
Checking”,
page 192 .
P0103 Mass or Vol‐ – Check the • MAF sensor sig‐ • 0.5 • Con‐
ume Air Flow Mass Air Flow nal, >4500 us s tinu‐
A Circuit High (MAF) Sensor ous
Input - G70 - . Refer
to • 2 DCY
⇒ “3.6.30
Mass Airflow
Sensor G70 ,
Checking”,
page 192 .
P0111 Intake Air – Check the In‐ • difference value: • engine-off time, >6 • 0s • once/
Temperature take Air Tem‐ IAT – ECT @ en‐ h DCY
Sensor 1 Ra‐ perature Sen‐ gine start (de‐
tionality check sor - G42- pending on en‐ • ECT @ engine • 2 DCY
ULEV only gine-off time, start minus AAT @
Refer to >25 – 40 K engine start, <=25
⇒ “3.6.25 Intake – 40° C
Air Temperature • AND
• ECT @ engine
Sensor G42 , • difference value: start, <1.5° C mi‐
Checking”, IAT – AAT @ en‐ nus ECT @ time
page 183 gine start (de‐ after engine start,
pending on en‐ 60 s
gine-off time),
>25 – 40 K • AAT @ engine
start, <=5.2° C mi‐
nus AAT @ condi‐
tion
• vehicle speed, >25
MPH
• for time >30 s

P0112 Intake Air – Check the In‐ • IAT, > 141.0° C • 2s • multi‐
Temperature take Air Tem‐ ple
Sensor 1 Cir‐ perature Sen‐
cuit Low Input sor - G42- • 2 DCY

Refer to
⇒ “3.6.25 Intake
Air Temperature
Sensor G42 ,
Checking”,
page 183

3. Diagnosis and Testing 39

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P0113 Intake Air – Check the In‐ • IAT, <45.80° C • 2s • multi‐
Temperature take Air Tem‐ ple
Sensor 1 Cir‐ perature Sen‐
cuit High Input sor - G42- • 2 DCY

Refer to
⇒ “3.6.25 Intake
Air Temperature
Sensor G42 ,
Checking”,
page 183
P0116 Engine Cool‐ – Check Engine SULEV • ECT @ start, • 115 • Once/
ant Tempera‐ Coolant Tem‐ Stuck high (140° C): 109.6 – 140.30° C s DCY
ture Sensor 1 perature Sen‐ • no change of
Circuit Range/ sor - G62 - . signal, <1.5K • substitute ECT, • 2 DCY
Performance Refer to >-48.00° C
⇒ “3.6.11 En‐ • Driving condition
gine Coolant L:
Temperature
Sensor G62 , • vehicle speed, 0.0
Checking”, – 10.00 kmh
page 153 .
• mass air flow, 4.0 –
– Check the 180.0 kg/h
coolant regu‐
lator. Refer to • time required/fre‐
⇒ Engine Me‐ quency, 3 times
chanical, Fuel • Driving condition
Injection and H:
Ignition ; Rep.
Gr. 19 ; Cool‐ • vehicle speed,
ing System 40.0 -120 kmh
Components .
• mass air flow, 12 –
36 – 152 kg/h
• time required, >40
s
• frequency, once

40 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
SULEV • ECT @ start,
Stuck low (-40° C): 50.30 – 88.4 °C
• no change of
signal, <1.5K • substitute ECT,
>-48.00° C
• Driving condition
L:
• vehicle speed, 0.0
– 10.00 kmh
• mass air flow, 4.0 –
180.0 kg/h
• time required >25
s
• frequency, 3 times
• Driving condition
H:
• vehicle speed,
40.0 – 120 km/h
• mass air flow, 12 –
36 – 152 kg/h
• time required, >40
s
• frequency, once

SULEV • engine-off time,

Stuck in range >9900 s – 15600 s
• 88.5 – 109.5° C
• ECT @ start, 88.5
• AND – 109.5° C
• no change on • substitute ECT,
signal, 1.5 K >-48.00° C
• Driving condition
L:
• vehicle speed, 0.0
– 10.00 kmh
• mass air flow, 4.0 –
180.0 kg/h
• time required >25
s
• frequency, 3 times
• Driving condition
H:
• vehicle speed,
40.0 – 120 kmh
• mass air flow, 12 –
36 – 152 kg/h
• time required, >40
s
• frequency, once

3. Diagnosis and Testing 41

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
ULEV Driving condition 1
• difference value: • engine off time, >6
ECT – AAT @ h
engine start (de‐
pending on en‐ • AAT at engine
gine off time) start, minus IAT at
>25 – 40 K engine start. <=25
– 40 °C
• AND
• ECT @ engine
• difference value: start <1.5 °C mi‐
ECT – IAT @ en‐ nus ECT @ time
gine start (de‐ after engine start
pending on en‐ 60 s
gine off time)
>25 – 40 K and Driving condition
2
• • AAT at engine
start, minus AAT
@ condition, <=5.2
°C
• vehicle speed, >25
MPH
• for time, >30 s
• IAT @ engine start
<=5.2 °C minus
IAT @ condition
• vehicle speed, >25
MPH
• for time, >30s

P0117 Engine Cool‐ – Check Engine • ECT, >140.30° • 2s • multi‐

ant Tempera‐ Coolant Tem‐ C ple
ture Sensor 1 perature Sen‐
Circuit Low sor - G62 - . • 2 DCY
Refer to
⇒ “3.6.11 En‐
gine Coolant
Temperature
Sensor G62 ,
Checking”,
page 153 .
– Check the
coolant regu‐
lator. Refer to
⇒ Engine Me‐
chanical, Fuel
Injection and
Ignition ; Rep.
Gr. 19 ; Cool‐
ing System
Components .

42 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P0118 Engine Cool‐ – Check Engine • ECT, <39.80° C • 2s • multi‐
ant Tempera‐ Coolant Tem‐ ple
ture Sensor 1 perature Sen‐
Circuit Open sor - G62 - . • 2 DCY
Refer to
⇒ “3.6.11 En‐
gine Coolant
Temperature
Sensor G62 ,
Checking”,
page 153 .

– Check the
coolant regu‐
lator. Refer to
⇒ Engine Me‐
chanical, Fuel
Injection and
Ignition ; Rep.
Gr. 19 ; Cool‐
ing System
Components .
P0121 Throttle/Pedal – Check the • TPS 1 – TPS 2, • Engine speed • 0.28 • multi‐
Position Sen‐ Throttle Valve >6.30 % >480 RPM s ple
sor/Switch "A" Control Mod‐
Circuit Range/ ule - J338- . • AND • 2 DCY
Performance Refer to • Actual TPS 1 –
⇒ “3.6.37 calc. value, >ac‐
Throttle Valve tual TPS 2 calc.
Control Mod‐ value
ule J338 ,
Checking”, • OR
page 208 .
• TPS 1 -calc val‐
ue >9.00%

P0122 Throttle/Pedal – Check the • Signal voltage, • 0.14 • multi‐

Position Sen‐ Throttle Valve <0.20 V s ple
sor/Switch "A" Control Mod‐
Circuit Low ule - J338- . • 2 DCY
Refer to
⇒ “3.6.37
Throttle Valve
Control Mod‐
ule J338 ,
Checking”,
page 208 .
P0123 Throttle/Pedal – Check the • Signal voltage, > • 0.14 • multi‐
Position Sen‐ Throttle Valve 4.81 V s ple
sor/Switch "A" Control Mod‐
Circuit High ule - J338- . • 2 DCY
Refer to
⇒ “3.6.37
Throttle Valve
Control Mod‐
ule J338 ,
Checking”,
page 208 .

3. Diagnosis and Testing 43

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P0130 O2 Sensor – Check the • O2S ceramic • Modeled exhaust • 12 s • multi‐
Circuit Bank 1 Heated Oxy‐ temp. <640.0° C temp. >300° C ple
Sensor 1 gen Sensor
(HO2S) - • fuel cutoff not ac‐ • 2 DCY
G39- . Refer tive / active
to
⇒ “3.6.31
Heated Oxy‐
gen Sensor
G39 , Check‐
ing”,
page 194 .
P0131 O2 Sensor – Check the • VM, > 2 V • 10 s • 2 DCY
Circuit Low Heated Oxy‐
Voltage Bank gen Sensor • UN, > 1.75 V
1 Sensor 1 (HO2S) - • IA, >0.30 V
G39- . Refer
to • IP >0.30 V
⇒ “3.6.31
Heated Oxy‐
gen Sensor
G39 , Check‐
ing”,
page 194 .
P0132 O2 Sensor – Check the • VM, > 3 V • 10 s • 2 DCY
Circuit High Heated Oxy‐
Voltage Bank gen Sensor • UN, > 4 V
1 Sensor 1 (HO2S) - • IA, 1.5 V
G39- . Refer
to • IP >1.50 V
⇒ “3.6.31
Heated Oxy‐
gen Sensor
G39 , Check‐
ing”,
page 194 .
P0133 O2 Sensor – Check the • O2S signal front • Engine speed, • 40 • 2 DCY
Circuit Slow Heated Oxy‐ vs. modeled 1320-40000 RPM Am‐
Response gen Sensor O2S signal ratio pli‐
Bank 1 Sen‐ (HO2S) - <=0.35 and • Delta engine load, tudes
sor 1 G39- . Refer >0.01 35 – 100.01%
to
⇒ “3.6.31 • Cycles comple‐ • Delta engine load,
ted, >12 <6%
Heated Oxy‐
gen Sensor • B8 ULEV II cy‐ • Actual Lambda
G39 , Check‐ cles completed value, 0.85 – 1.15
ing”, >40
page 194 . • EVAP Purge flow
• <18.00
• lambda control,
closed loop

44 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P0135 O2 Sensor – Check the • Out of range- • Out of range high: • 55 s • multi‐
Heater Circuit Oxygen sen‐ high ple
Bank 1 Sen‐ sor heater - • Modeled exhaust • 40 s
sor 1 Z19- . Refer to • O2S ceramic gas temp, > • 2 DCY
temperature, < 299.99° C • 15
⇒ “3.6.33
Oxygen Sen‐ 715° C
• Heater control, Ac‐
sor Heater • AND tive
Z19 , Check‐
ing”, • Heater duty cy‐ • Rationality check:
page 199 . cle, 100%
• ECT at start, >0.80
• Rationality °C
check:
• engine shutoff
• O2S ceramic time >300 s
temperature, <
715° C • Out of range low:

• AND • time after engine

start >15 s
• time after O2S
heater on 40 s • engine speed, idle

• Out of range
low:
• difference be‐
tween meas‐
ured calibration
resistance in
ECM and set
value, >45 Ω

P0136 O2 Sensor – Check the • Delta voltage • Modeled exhaust • 6s • 2 DCY

Circuit Bank 1 Oxygen sen‐ one step at heat‐ gas temp.
Sensor 2 sor after three er switching 200-800° C
way catalytic >2.0020 V
converter - • dew-point excee‐
G130 - . Refer • Number of ded and lower ex‐
to checks 10 haust gas temp
⇒ “3.6.32 limit exceeded for
Oxygen Sen‐ 60 s
sor After
Three Way
Catalytic Con‐
verter G130 ,
Checking”,
page 196 .

3. Diagnosis and Testing 45

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P0137 O2 Sensor – Check the • Cold condition, • ECT at engine off, • 05.1 • once/
Circuit Low Oxygen sen‐ Signal voltage, < >60° C s DCY
Voltage Bank sor after three 59.6 mV
1 Sensor 2 way catalytic • ECT <39.8° C • 40 s • 2 DCY
converter - • Warm condition,
signal voltage • Modeled exhaust • multi‐
G130- . Refer gas temp. 200 – ple
to <59.6 mV
800° C for 60 s.
⇒ “3.6.32 • reaction at • 2 DCY
Oxygen Sen‐ closed loop en‐ • dew-point, excee‐
sor After richment, no re‐ ded and lower ex‐
Three Way action haust gas temp.
Catalytic Con‐ limit exceeded for
verter G130 , 60 s
Checking”,
page 196 . • 1st lambda control
loop, not at max.
value
• modeled exhaust
gas temp. dew
point exceeded
and lower exhaust
gas temp. limit ex‐
ceeded for 60 s
•

P0138 O2 Sensor – Check the • Signal voltage • Modeled exhaust • 5.1 • multi‐
Circuit High Oxygen sen‐ >1.26 V gas temp. 200 – s ple
Voltage Bank sor after three 800° C
1 Sensor 2 way catalytic • 2 DCY
converter - • dew-point excee‐
G130- . Refer ded and lower ex‐
to haust gas temp.
⇒ “3.6.32 limit exceeded for
Oxygen Sen‐ 60 s
sor After
Three Way
Catalytic Con‐
verter G130 ,
Checking”,
page 196 .

46 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P0139 O2 Sensor – Check the • EWMA filtered • rich voltage, • 0.1 • 2 DCY
Circuit Slow Oxygen sen‐ transient time at >=547.9 mV s
Response sor after three fuel cutoff, >0.4
Bank 1 Sen‐ way catalytic s • lean voltage
sor 2 converter - <=201.2 mV
G130- . Refer • in voltage range,
401.4 – 201.2 • OR
to
⇒ “3.6.32 mV • Max O2S, mass
Oxygen Sen‐ • number of flow (disable),
sor After checks (initial >=5000 mg
Three Way phase), >3
Catalytic Con‐ • O2S rear, ready
verter G130 , • number of
Checking”, • fuel cutoff, ready
checks (step
page 196 . function), >3 • front O2S, lambda
signal, >2.00
• modeled exhaust
gas temp. >400° C
• exhaust gas mass
flow, >25.0 kg/h
• rear O2S internal
resistance,
<=700Ω
• or resistance
measurement,
ready
• front O2S, sensor
cross change, no
fault
• rear O2S heater,
wires and oscillat‐
ing check, no fault
• purge valve, no
fault
• trigger for step
change, delta tran‐
sient time, >0

3. Diagnosis and Testing 47

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P013 O2 Sensor – Check the • EWMA filtered • rich voltage, • 0.1 • 2 DCY
A Slow Re‐ Oxygen sen‐ transient time at >=547.9 mV s
sponse - Rich sor after three fuel cut-off,
to Lean Bank way catalytic >0.4s • lean voltage
1 Sensor 2 converter - <=201.2 mV
G130- . Refer • in voltage range,
401.4 – 201.2 • OR
to
⇒ “3.6.32 mV • Max O2S, mass
Oxygen Sen‐ • number of flow (disable),
sor After checks (initial >=5000 mg
Three Way phase), >3
Catalytic Con‐ • O2S rear, ready
verter G130 , • number of • fuel cutoff, ready
Checking”, checks (step
page 196 function), >3 • front O2S, lambda
signal, >2.00
• modeled exhaust
gas temp. >400° C
• exhaust gas mass
flow, >25.0 kg/h
• rear O2S internal
resistance,
<=700Ω
• or resistance
measurement,
ready
• front O2S, sensor
cross change, no
fault
• rear O2S heater,
wires and oscillat‐
ing check, no fault
• purge valve, no
fault
• trigger for step
change, delta tran‐
sient time, >0

P0140 O2 Sensor – Check the • Signal voltage, • Modeled exhaust • 200 • 2 DCY
Circuit No Ac‐ Oxygen sen‐ 401 – 499 mV temp. 800° C s
tivity Detected sor after three
Bank 1 Sen‐ way catalytic • O2S rear inter‐ • dew-point excee‐
sor 2 converter - nal resistance ded and lower ex‐
G130- . Refer >40 KΩ haust gas temp.
to limit exceeded for
⇒ “3.6.32 60 s
Oxygen Sen‐ • Modeled exhaust
sor After temp. >600° C
Three Way
Catalytic Con‐ • dew-point excee‐
verter G130 , ded and lower ex‐
Checking”, haust gas temp.
page 196 . limit exceeded for
60 s
• O2S rear, ready

48 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P0141 O2 Sensor – Check the • Heater resist‐ • Modeled exhaust • 15 s • multi‐
Heater Circuit Heater for ance, 810 – gas temp, ple
Bank 1 Sen‐ oxygen sen‐ 4560 Ω 250-650.1 °C
sor 2 sor 1 after cat‐ • 2 DCY
alytic convert‐ • Engine shutoff
er - Z29 - . time, >300 s.
Refer to • fuel cutoff not ac‐
⇒ “3.6.34 tive
Heater For
Oxygen Sen‐ • heater comman‐
sor 1 After ded on
Catalytic Con‐
verter Z29 ,
Checking”,
page 201 .
P0142 O2 Sensor – Check the • delta voltage • Modeled exhaust • 10 s • 2 DCY
Circuit Bank 1 Heater for one step at heat‐ gas temp. 200-800
Sensor 3 oxygen sen‐ er switching, °C
sor 1 after cat‐ >2.0 V
alytic convert‐ • dew-point excee‐
er - Z29 - . • number of ded and lower ex‐
Refer to checks, 10 haust gas temp.
⇒ “3.6.34 limit exceeded for
Heater For 60 s
Oxygen Sen‐
sor 1 After
Catalytic Con‐
verter Z29 ,
Checking”,
page 201 .
P0143 O2 Sensor – Check the • Cold condition, • ECT at engine off, • 5.1 • once/
Circuit Low Oxygen Sen‐ Signal voltage, < >60° C s DCY
Voltage Bank sor After 59.6 mV
1 Sensor 3 Three Way • ECT <39.8° C • 40 s • 2 DCY
Catalytic Con‐ • Warm condition,
signal voltage • Modeled exhaust • multi‐
verter - gas temp. 200 – ple
G130- . Refer <59.6 mV
800° C
to • short to B+, volt‐ • 2 DCY
⇒ “3.6.32 age >1.26 V • dew-point, excee‐
Oxygen Sen‐ ded and lower ex‐
sor After haust gas temp
Three Way limit exceeded for,
Catalytic Con‐ 60 s
verter G130 ,
Checking”, • 1st lambda control
page 196 . loop, not at max.
value
• modeled exhaust
gas temp. dew
point exceeded
and lower exhaust
gas temp. limit ex‐
ceeded for 60 s

3. Diagnosis and Testing 49

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P0144 O2 Sensor – Check the • Signal voltage • Modeled exhaust • 5.1 • multi‐
Circuit High Oxygen Sen‐ >1.26 V gas temp. 200 – s ple
Voltage Bank sor After 800° C
1 Sensor 3 Three Way • 2 DCY
Catalytic Con‐ • dew-point excee‐
verter - ded and lower ex‐
G130- . Refer haust gas temp.
to limit exceeded for
⇒ “3.6.32 60 s
Oxygen Sen‐
sor After
Three Way
Catalytic Con‐
verter G130 ,
Checking”,
page 196 .
P0145 O2 Sensor – Check the • EWMA filtered • rich voltage, • 4.5 • 2 DCY
Circuit Slow Oxygen sen‐ transient time at >=547.9 mV s
Response sor after three fuel cutoff, >0.4
Bank 1 Sen‐ way catalytic s • lean voltage
sor 3 converter - <=152.3 mV
G130- . Refer • in voltage range,
401.4 – 201.2 • OR
to
⇒ “3.6.32 mV • Max O2S, mass
Oxygen Sen‐ • number of flow (disable),
sor After checks (initial >=6000 mg
Three Way phase), >3
Catalytic Con‐ • O2S rear, ready
verter G130 , • number of • fuel cutoff, active
Checking”, checks (step
page 196 . function), >3 • front O2S,, lambda
signal, >2.00
• modeled exhaust
gas temp. >400 °C
• exhaust gas mass
flow, >25.0 kg/h
• rear O2S internal
resistance, <=131
KΩ
• or resistance
measurement,
ready
• front O2S, sensor
cross change, no
fault
• rear O2S heater,
wires and oscillat‐
ing check, no fault
• purge valve, no
fault
• trigger for step
change, delta tran‐
sient time, READ
ERROR

50 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P0146 O2 Sensor – Check the • Signal voltage, • Modeled exhaust • 200 • multi‐
Circuit No Ac‐ Oxygen Sen‐ 401.4 – 499 mV gas temp. 200 – s ple
tivity Detected sor After 800° C
Bank 1 Sen‐ Three Way • internal resist‐ • 2 DCY
sor 3 Catalytic Con‐ ance, 40 KΩ • dew-point excee‐
verter - ded and lower ex‐
G130- . Refer haust gas temp.
to limit exceeded for
⇒ “3.6.32 60 s
Oxygen Sen‐ • Modeled exhaust
sor After temp. >600° C
Three Way
Catalytic Con‐ • dew-point excee‐
verter G130 , ded and lower ex‐
Checking”, haust gas temp.
page 196 . limit exceeded for
60 s
• O2S rear, ready

P0147 O2 Sensor – Check the • heater resist‐ • Modeled exhaust • 15 s • multi‐

Heater Circuit Oxygen Sen‐ ance 1056 – gas temp, ple
Bank 1 Sen‐ sor After 11656 Ω 250-650.1 °C
sor 3 Three Way • 2 DCY
Catalytic Con‐ • Engine shutoff
verter - time, >300 s.
G130- . Refer • fuel cutoff not ac‐
to tive
⇒ “3.6.32
Oxygen Sen‐ • heater comman‐
sor After ded on
Three Way
Catalytic Con‐
verter G130 ,
Checking”,
page 196 .

3. Diagnosis and Testing 51

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P0171 System (Bank – Check the fuel • lean @ idle • Engine speed, • 10 s • 2 DCY
1) Too Lean pressure . Re‐ Adaptive value 560-1200 RPM
fer to >21% • 10 s
⇒ “3.6.21 Fuel • Engine load, 9.0 –
Pressure • lean @ part-load 45%
Test”, Adaptive value
26 only B8 • mass air flow, 5.0 –
page 175 . 23.0 kg/h
ULEVVII
– Check the • ECT, >63.0 °C
Fuel Pressure
Sensor - • IAT, <90.0 °C
G247- . Refer
to • part load adapta‐
⇒ “3.6.17 tion, ready
Fuel Pressure • lambda control,
Sensor G247 , closed loop
Checking”,
page 168 . • evap purge valve,
closed
– Check the
Fuel injectors • if low fuel signal
- N30, N31, then wait until
N32, N33- . mass fuel integral,
Refer to > 0.00 kg
⇒ “3.6.16 • throttle position,
Fuel Injectors, <99.6 s
Checking”,
page 165 . • Engine speed,
1320 – 5000 RPM
– Check the
Heated Oxy‐ • Engine load, 20 –
gen Sensor 100%
(HO2S) - • mass air flow, 27 –
G39- . Refer 450 kg/h
to
⇒ “3.6.31 • ECT, >63.0° C
Heated Oxy‐
gen Sensor • IAT, <90.0° C
G39 , Check‐ • lambda control,
ing”, closed loop
page 194 .
• EVAP purge valve,
– Check the closed
Oxygen sen‐
sor after three • if low fuel signal
way catalytic then wait until
converter - mass fuel integral,
G130- . Refer > 0.00 kg
to
⇒ “3.6.32
Oxygen Sen‐
sor After
Three Way
Catalytic Con‐
verter G130 ,
Checking”,
page 196 .

– Check the
Evaporative
Emission
(EVAP) Can‐
ister Purge
Regulator

52 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
Valve - N80- .
Refer to
⇒ “3.6.14
EVAP canis‐
ter purge reg‐
ulator valve 1
N80 , Check‐
ing”,
page 161 .

– Check the in‐

take system
for leaks
(false air) .

– Check the
vacuum lines
for leaks

3. Diagnosis and Testing 53

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P0172 System (Bank – Check the fuel • too rich at idle • Engine speed, • 10 s • 2 DCY
1) Too Rich pressure . Re‐ Adaptive value 560-1200 RPM
fer to <5.02% (<6.0 • 10 s
⇒ “3.6.21 Fuel only B8 ULEV) • Engine load, 9.0%
Pressure – 45%
Test”, • too rich at part-
load Adaptive • mass air flow, 5 – .
page 175 . 23.0 kg/h
value <21% (-26
– Check the (only B8 ULEV‐ • ECT, >63.0° C
Fuel Pressure VII)
Sensor - • IAT, <90.0° C
G247- . Refer
to • part load adapta‐
⇒ “3.6.17 tion, ready
Fuel Pressure • lambda control,
Sensor G247 , closed loop
Checking”,
page 168 . • EVAP purge valve,
closed
– Check the
Fuel injectors • if low fuel signal
- N30, N31, then wait until
N32, N33- . mass fuel integral,
Refer to > 0.00 kg
⇒ “3.6.16 • throttle position,
Fuel Injectors, <99.6 s
Checking”,
page 165 . • Engine speed,
1320 – 5000 RPM
– Check the
Heated Oxy‐ • Engine load, 20%
gen Sensor – 100%
(HO2S) - • mass air flow, 27 –
G39- . Refer 450 kg/h
to
⇒ “3.6.31 • ECT, >63.0° C
Heated Oxy‐
gen Sensor • IAT, <90.0° C
G39 , Check‐ • lambda control,
ing”, closed loop
page 194 .
• evap purge valve,
– Check the closed
Oxygen sen‐
sor after three • if low fuel signal
way catalytic then wait until
converter - mass fuel integral,
G130- . Refer > 0.00 kg
to
⇒ “3.6.32
Oxygen Sen‐
sor After
Three Way
Catalytic Con‐
verter G130 ,
Checking”,
page 196 .

– Check the
EVAP Canis‐
ter Purge
Regulator
Valve 1 -
N80- . Refer to

54 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
⇒ “3.6.14
EVAP canis‐
ter purge reg‐
ulator valve 1
N80 , Check‐
ing”,
page 161 .

– Check the in‐

take system
for leaks
(false air) .

– Check the
vacuum lines
for leaks
P0190 Fuel Rail – Check the • Signal voltage > • 0.5 • Con‐
Pressure pressure in 4.8 V s tinu‐
Sensor A Cir‐ the fuel sys‐ ous
cuit tem for out of
spec condi‐ • 2 DCY
tions before
diagnosing
the pressure
sensor.

– Check the
Fuel Pressure
Sensor -
G247- . Refer
to
⇒ “3.6.17
Fuel Pressure
Sensor G247 ,
Checking”,
page 168 .
P0191 Fuel Rail Con‐ – Check the • actual pressure • time after engine • • multi‐
trol Valve, pressure in >20.6 mPa start, >0.00 s ple
high pressure the fuel sys‐ • 3.0
side tem for out of • engine speed, s • 2 DCY
spec condi‐ >90.0 RPM
tions before
diagnosing
the pressure
sensor.

– Check the
Fuel Pressure
Sensor -
G247- . Refer
to
⇒ “3.6.17
Fuel Pressure
Sensor G247 ,
Checking”,
page 168 .

3. Diagnosis and Testing 55

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P0192 Fuel Rail – Check the • Signal voltage < • 0.5 • Con‐
Pressure pressure in 2.0 V s tinu‐
Sensor A Cir‐ the fuel sys‐ ous
cuit Low Input tem for out of
spec condi‐ • 2 DCY
tions before
diagnosing
the pressure
sensor.

– Check the
Fuel Pressure
Sensor -
G247- . Refer
to
⇒ “3.6.17
Fuel Pressure
Sensor G247 ,
Checking”,
page 168 .
P0201 Injector Cir‐ – Check the • Low side signal • Engine speed, > • 0.5 • Con‐
cuit / Open - Fuel injectors current <2.10 A 80 RPM s tinu‐
Cylinder 1 - N30, N31, ous
N32, N33- .
Refer to • 2 DCY
⇒ “3.6.16
Fuel Injectors,
Checking”,
page 165 .
P0202 Injector Cir‐ – Check the • Low side signal • Engine speed, > • 0.5 • Con‐
cuit / Open - Fuel injectors current <2.10 A 80 RPM s tinu‐
Cylinder 2 - N30, N31, ous
N32, N33- .
Refer to • 2 DCY
⇒ “3.6.16
Fuel Injectors,
Checking”,
page 165 .
P0203 Injector Cir‐ – Check the • Low side signal • Engine speed, > • 0.5 • Con‐
cuit / Open - Fuel injectors current <2.10 A 80 RPM s tinu‐
Cylinder 3 - N30, N31, ous
N32, N33- .
Refer to • 2 DCY
⇒ “3.6.16
Fuel Injectors,
Checking”,
page 165 .
P0204 Injector Cir‐ – Check the fuel • Low side signal • Engine speed, > • 0.5 • Con‐
cuit / Open - injectors - current <2.10 A 80 RPM s tinu‐
Cylinder 4 N33- . Refer to ous
⇒ “3.6.16
Fuel Injectors, • 2 DCY
Checking”,
page 165 .

56 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P0221 Throttle/Pedal – Check the • TPS 1 – TPS 2, • Engine speed • 0.28 • multi‐
Position Sen‐ Throttle Valve >6.30% >480 RPM s ple
sor/Switch "B" Control Mod‐
Circuit Range/ ule - J338- . • AND • 2 DCY
Performance Refer to • actual TPS 1 –
⇒ “3.6.37 calc. value, >ac‐
Throttle Valve tual TPS 2 –
Control Mod‐ calc. value
ule J338 ,
Checking”, • OR
page 208 .
• TPS 1– calc. val‐
ue, >9.00%

P0222 Throttle/Pedal – Check the • Signal voltage < • 0.14 • multi‐

Position Sen‐ Throttle Valve 0.20 V s ple
sor/Switch "B" Control Mod‐
Circuit Low ule - J338- . • 2 DCY
Refer to
⇒ “3.6.37
Throttle Valve
Control Mod‐
ule J338 ,
Checking”,
page 208 .
P0223 Throttle/Pedal – Check the • Signal voltage, > • 0.14 • multi‐
Position Sen‐ Throttle Valve 4.81 V s ple
sor/Switch "B" Control Mod‐
Circuit High ule - J338- . • 2 DCY
Refer to
⇒ “3.6.37
Throttle Valve
Control Mod‐
ule J338 ,
Checking”,
page 208 .
P0234 Turbocharg‐ – Check the • diff. set value • Altitude, <2700 m • 1.2 • multi‐
er / Super‐ Charge Air boost pressure s ple
charger Over‐ Pressure Sen‐ vs actual boost
boost Condi‐ sor - G31- . pressure value, • 2 DCY
tion Rationali‐ Refer to >200 – 1275
ty check high ⇒ “3.6.8 hPa
Charge Air
Pressure Sen‐
sor G31 ,
Checking”,
page 147 .
– Check the
charge air
system for
proper seal.
Refer to ⇒ En‐
gine Mechani‐
cal, Fuel In‐
jection and Ig‐
nition; Rep.
Gr. 21 ;
Charge Air
System

3. Diagnosis and Testing 57

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P0236 Turbocharg‐ – Check the • diff. boost pres‐ • engine speed, • 2s • Con‐
er / Super‐ Charge Air sure signal vs al‐ <1000 RPM tinu‐
charger Boost Pressure Sen‐ titude sensor ous
Sensor A sor - G31- . signal, >230 • throttle position,
Plausibility Refer to hPa <11.50% • 2 DCY
check (ULEV) ⇒ “3.6.8
Charge Air • diff. boost pres‐ • engine speed,
sure signal vs al‐ <1000 RPM
Pressure Sen‐
sor G31 , titude sensor • throttle position,
Checking”, signal, <130 <11.50%
page 147 . hPa

– Check the
charge air
system for
proper seal.
Refer to ⇒ En‐
gine Mechani‐
cal, Fuel In‐
jection and Ig‐
nition; Rep.
Gr. 21 ;
Charge Air
System
P0237 Turbocharg‐ – Check the • Signal voltage, < • 0.5 • Con‐
er / Super‐ Charge Air 0.20 V s tinu‐
charger Boost Pressure Sen‐ ous
Sensor A Cir‐ sor - G31- .
cuit Low Refer to • 2 DCY
⇒ “3.6.8
Charge Air
Pressure Sen‐
sor G31 ,
Checking”,
page 147 .
– Check the
charge air
system for
proper seal.
Refer to ap‐
propriate re‐
pair manual.
P0238 Turbocharg‐ – Check the • Signal voltage, > • 0.5 • Con‐
er / Super‐ Charge Air 4.88 V s tinu‐
charger Boost Pressure Sen‐ ous
Sensor A Cir‐ sor - G31- .
cuit High Refer to • 2 DCY
⇒ “3.6.8
Charge Air
Pressure Sen‐
sor G31 ,
Checking”,
page 147 .
– Check the
charge air
system for
proper seal.
Refer to ap‐
propriate re‐
pair manual.

58 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P0243 Turbocharg‐ – Check the • Signal voltage, > • boost pressure • 0.5 • Con‐
er / Super‐ Wastegate 4.40 – 5.60 V control valve, com‐ s tinu‐
charger Bypass Regu‐ manded off ous
Wastegate lator Valve -
Solenoid A N75- . Refer to • Engine speed, > • 2 DCY
⇒ “3.6.10 80 RPM
Wastegate
Bypass Regu‐
lator Valve
N75 , Check‐
ing”,
page 151 .
P0245 Turbocharg‐ – Check the • Signal voltage, < • boost pressure • 0.5 • Con‐
er / Super‐ Wastegate 2.15 – 3.25 V control valve, com‐ s tinu‐
charger Bypass Regu‐ manded off ous
Wastegate lator Valve -
Solenoid A N75- . Refer to • Engine speed, > • 2 DCY
Low ⇒ “3.6.10 80 RPM
Wastegate
Bypass Regu‐
lator Valve
N75 , Check‐
ing”,
page 151 .
P0246 Turbocharg‐ – Check the • Signal current, • boost pressure • 0.5 • Con‐
er / Super‐ Wastegate >2.20 A control valve, com‐ s tinu‐
charger Bypass Regu‐ manded on ous
Wastegate lator Valve -
Solenoid A N75- . Refer to • Engine speed, > • 2 DCY
High ⇒ “3.6.10 80 RPM
Wastegate
Bypass Regu‐
lator Valve
N75 , Check‐
ing”,
page 151 .
P0261 Cylinder 1 In‐ – Check the • Signal current • Engine speed, > • 0.5 • Con‐
jector Circuit Fuel injectors <2.10 A 80 RPM s tinu‐
Low - N30, N31, ous
N32, N33- . • High side signal
Refer to current, > 4.20 A • 2 DCY
⇒ “3.6.16
Fuel Injectors,
Checking”,
page 165 .
P0262 Cylinder 1 In‐ – Check the • Signal current • Engine speed, > • 0.5 • Con‐
jector Circuit Fuel injectors >14.70 A 80 RPM s tinu‐
High - N30, N31, ous
N32, N33- . • injection valve,
Refer to switched on • 2 DCY
⇒ “3.6.16
Fuel Injectors,
Checking”,
page 165 .

3. Diagnosis and Testing 59

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P0264 Cylinder 2 In‐ – Check the • Signal current • Engine speed, > • 0.5 • Con‐
jector Circuit Fuel injectors <2.10 A 80 RPM s tinu‐
Low - N30, N31, ous
N32, N33- . • High side signal
Refer to current, > 4.20 A • 2 DCY
⇒ “3.6.16
Fuel Injectors,
Checking”,
page 165 .
P0265 Cylinder 2 In‐ – Check the • Signal current • Engine speed, > • 0.5 • Con‐
jector Circuit Fuel injectors >14.70 A 80 RPM s tinu‐
High - N30, N31, ous
N32, N33- . • Injection valve,
Refer to Commanded on • 2 DCY
⇒ “3.6.16
Fuel Injectors,
Checking”,
page 165 .
P0267 Cylinder 3 In‐ – Check the • Signal current • Engine speed, > • 0.5 • Con‐
jector Circuit Fuel injectors <2.10 A 80 RPM s tinu‐
Low - N30, N31, ous
N32, N33- . • High side signal
Refer to current, > 4.20 A • 2 DCY
⇒ “3.6.16
Fuel Injectors,
Checking”,
page 165 .
P0268 Cylinder 3 In‐ – Check the • Signal current • Engine speed, > • 0.5 • Con‐
jector Circuit Fuel injectors >14.70 A 80 RPM s tinu‐
High - N30, N31, ous
N32, N33- . • Injection valve,
Refer to Commanded on • 2 DCY
⇒ “3.6.16
Fuel Injectors,
Checking”,
page 165 .
P0270 Cylinder 4 In‐ – Check the • Low side signal • Engine speed, > • 0.5 • Con‐
jector Circuit Fuel injectors current <2.10 A 80 RPM s tinu‐
Low - N30, N31, ous
N32, N33- . • High side signal
Refer to current, > 4.20 A • 2 DCY
⇒ “3.6.16
Fuel Injectors,
Checking”,
page 165 .
P0271 Cylinder 4 In‐ – Check the • Signal current • Engine speed, > • 0.5 • Con‐
jector Circuit Fuel injectors >14.70 A 80 RPM s tinu‐
High - N30, N31, ous
N32, N33- . • Injection valve,
Refer to Commanded on • 2 DCY
⇒ “3.6.16
Fuel Injectors,
Checking”,
page 165 .

60 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P0299 Turbocharg‐ – Check the • diff. set value • Engine speed, • 6s • multi‐
er / Super‐ charge air boost pressure 2200-2800 RPM ple
charger Un‐ system for vs actual boost
derboost Ra‐ proper seal. pressure value, • altitude <2700 m • 2 DCY
tionality check Refer to ⇒ En‐ >150 hPa • diff. set value
low gine Mechani‐ boost pressure vs
cal, Fuel In‐ actual boost pres‐
jection and Ig‐ sure value
nition; Rep.
Gr. 21 ; • Boost pressure
Charge Air control, active
System
• turbo charger by‐
pass valve, closed

P0300 Random Mis‐ – Check the • "> 2.1 (PZEV) > • Engine speed • 1000 • 2 DCY
fire Detected Spark plugs. 1.9 (Bin 5 / B8 range, 440-6800 Rev.
ULEV II)" RPM • con‐
– Check the in‐ • 200 tinu‐
take system • Engine torque, Rev. ous
for leaks. >=0 Nm
• IAT, >-48° C
– Check the fuel
pressure. Re‐ • ECT at start, >
fer to 10.50° C
⇒ “3.6.21 Fuel
Pressure • Fuel cutoff, Not ac‐
Test”, tive
page 175 . • rough road not de‐
tected
– Check the
Fuel injectors • internal CAN no
- N30, N31, fault
N32, N33- .
Refer to
⇒ “3.6.16
Fuel Injectors,
Checking”,
page 165 .

– Check the Ig‐

nition Coils
with Power
Output Stage
- N70, N127,
N291, N292- .
Refer to
⇒ “3.6.30
Mass Airflow
Sensor G70 ,
Checking”,
page 192 .

3. Diagnosis and Testing 61

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P0301 Cylinder 1 – Check the • Catalyst dam‐ • Engine speed • 200 • 2 DCY
Misfire Detec‐ Spark plugs. age misfire rate range, 440-6800 Rev.
ted (MR) >2.9 – 20.0 RPM • con‐
– Check the in‐ % PZEV > tinu‐
take system • Engine torque, ous
for leaks. • > 3.2 – 20.0 Bin >=0 Nm
5
• IAT, >-48° C
– Check the fuel
pressure. Re‐ • ECT at start, >
fer to 10.50° C
⇒ “3.6.21 Fuel
Pressure • Fuel cutoff, Not ac‐
Test”, tive
page 175 .
• rough road not de‐
– Check the tected
Fuel injectors • internal CAN no
- N30, N31, fault
N32, N33- .
Refer to
⇒ “3.6.16
Fuel Injectors,
Checking”,
page 165 .

– Check the Ig‐

nition Coils
with Power
Output Stage
- N70, N127,
N291, N292- .
Refer to
⇒ “3.6.30
Mass Airflow
Sensor G70 ,
Checking”,
page 192 .

62 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P0302 Cylinder 2 – Check the • Catalyst dam‐ • Engine speed • 200 • 2 DCY
Misfire Detec‐ Spark plugs. age misfire rate range, 440-6800 Rev.
ted (MR) >2.9 – 20.0 RPM • con‐
– Check the in‐ % PZEV > tinu‐
take system • Engine torque, ous
for leaks. • > 3.2 – 20.0 Bin >=0 Nm
5
• IAT, >-48° C
– Check the fuel
pressure. Re‐ • ECT at start, >
fer to 10.50° C
⇒ “3.6.21 Fuel
Pressure • Fuel cutoff, Not ac‐
Test”, tive
page 175 .
• rough road not de‐
– Check the tected
Fuel injectors • internal CAN no
- N30, N31, fault
N32, N33- .
Refer to
⇒ “3.6.16
Fuel Injectors,
Checking”,
page 165 .

– Check the Ig‐

nition Coils
with Power
Output Stage
- N70, N127,
N291, N292- .
Refer to
⇒ “3.6.30
Mass Airflow
Sensor G70 ,
Checking”,
page 192 .

3. Diagnosis and Testing 63

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P0303 Cylinder 3 – Check the • Catalyst dam‐ • Engine speed • 200 • 2 DCY
Misfire Detec‐ Spark plugs. age misfire rate range, 440-6800 Rev.
ted (MR) >2.9 – 20.0 RPM • con‐
– Check the in‐ % PZEV > tinu‐
take system • Engine torque, ous
for leaks. • > 3.2 – 20.0 Bin >=0 Nm
5
• IAT, >-48° C
– Check the fuel
pressure. Re‐ • ECT at start, >
fer to 10.50° C
⇒ “3.6.21 Fuel
Pressure • Fuel cutoff, Not ac‐
Test”, tive
page 175 .
• rough road not de‐
– Check the tected
Fuel injectors • internal CAN no
- N30, N31, fault
N32, N33- .
Refer to
⇒ “3.6.16
Fuel Injectors,
Checking”,
page 165 .

– Check the Ig‐

nition Coils
with Power
Output Stage
- N70, N127,
N291, N292- .
Refer to
⇒ “3.6.30
Mass Airflow
Sensor G70 ,
Checking”,
page 192 .

64 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P0304 Cylinder 4 – Check the • Catalyst dam‐ • Engine speed • 200 • 2 DCY
Misfire Detec‐ Spark plugs. age misfire rate range, 440-6800 Rev.
ted (MR) >2.9 – 20.0 RPM continu‐
– Check the in‐ % PZEV > ous
take system • Engine torque,
for leaks. • > 3.2 – 20.0 Bin >=0 Nm
5
• IAT, >-48° C
– Check the fuel
pressure. Re‐ • ECT at start, >
fer to 10.50° C
⇒ “3.6.21 Fuel
Pressure • Fuel cutoff, Not ac‐
Test”, tive
page 175 . • rough road not de‐
tected
– Check the
Fuel injectors • internal CAN no
- N30, N31, fault
N32, N33- .
Refer to
⇒ “3.6.16
Fuel Injectors,
Checking”,
page 165 .

– Check the Ig‐

nition Coils
with Power
Output Stage
- N70, N127,
N291, N292- .
Refer to
⇒ “3.6.30
Mass Airflow
Sensor G70 ,
Checking”,
page 192 .
P0321 Ignition / Dis‐ – Check the En‐ • counted teeth • 0.5 • Con‐
tributor En‐ gine Speed versus refer‐ s tinu‐
gine Speed (RPM) Sensor ence, incorrect ous
Input Circuit - G28- . Refer
Range/Per‐ to • OR • 2 DCY
formance ⇒ “3.6.13 En‐ • monitoring refer‐
gine Speed ence gap, failure
Sensor G28 ,
Checking”,
page 160 .
P0322 Ignition / Dis‐ – Check the En‐ • camshaft sig‐ • 0.5 • Con‐
tributor En‐ gine Speed nals >3 s tinu‐
gine Speed (RPM) Sensor ous
Input Circuit - G28- . Refer • Engine speed,
No Signal to no signal • 2 DCY
⇒ “3.6.13 En‐
gine Speed
Sensor G28 ,
Checking”,
page 160 .

3. Diagnosis and Testing 65

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P0324 Knock Control – Check the • Signal fault • Engine speed, 0 • 0.5 • Con‐
System Error Knock Sensor counter (com‐ RPM s tinu‐
- G61- . and/or bustion), >24.0 ous
Refer to
⇒ “3.6.28 • OR • 2 DCY
Knock Sensor • Signal fault
1 G61 , counter (meas‐
Checking”, uring window),
page 188 or >2.00
• Communication
errors
• SPI communica‐
tion > 25

P0327 Knock Sensor – Check the • Lower thresh‐ • Engine speed, > • 0.5 • Con‐
1 Circuit Low Knock Sensor old, <0.70 V 1000 RPM s tinu‐
Input (Bank 1) 1 - G61- . Re‐ ous
Short to fer to
ground, Port B ⇒ “3.6.28 • 2 DCY
Knock Sensor
1 G61 ,
Checking”,
page 188 or .
P0327 Knock Sensor – Check the • Lower thresh‐ • Engine speed, > • 0.5 • Con‐
1 Circuit Short Knock sensor old, <0.70 V 1000 RPM s tinu‐
to ground, 1 - G61- . Re‐ ous
Port A fer to
⇒ “3.6.28 • 2 DCY
Knock Sensor
1 G61 ,
Checking”,
page 188 or .
P0327 Knock Sensor – Check the • Lower thresh‐ • Engine speed, > • Con‐
1 Circuit Sig‐ Knock sensor old, <0.0 – . 1000 RPM tinu‐
nal range 1 - G61- . Re‐ 2.1582 V ous
check fer to • ECT >40° C
⇒ “3.6.28 • 2 DCY
• engine load,
Knock Sensor >23.734 –
1 G61 , 55.172%
Checking”,
page 188 or .
P0328 Knock Sensor – Check the • Upper threshold • Engine speed, > • 0.5 • 2 DCY
1 Circuit Knock sensor 29.0674 – 2000 RPM s
(Bank 1) sig‐ 1 - G61- . Re‐ 114.9023 V
nal range fer to • ECT, > 40.5 °C
check ⇒ “3.6.28 • Engine load,
Knock Sensor 22.734 – 55.172%,
1 G61 , 30%
Checking”,
page 188 or .
P0328 Knock Sensor – Check the • upper threshold • engine speed • 0.5 • Con‐
1 (Bank 1) Cir‐ Knock sensor >1.00 V >1000 RPM s tinu‐
cuit short to B 1 - G61- . Re‐ ous
+ Port B fer to
⇒ “3.6.28 • 2 DCY
Knock Sensor
1 G61 ,
Checking”,
page 188 or .

66 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P0328 Knock Sensor – Check the • upper threshold • engine speed • 0.5 • Con‐
1 (Bank 1) Cir‐ Knock sensor >1.00 V >1000 RPM s tinu‐
cuit short to B 1 - G61- . Re‐ ous
+ Port A fer to
⇒ “3.6.28 • 2 DCY
Knock Sensor
1 G61 ,
Checking”,
page 188 or .
P0340 Camshaft Po‐ – Check the Cam adaption val‐ • Engine speed sen‐ • 2s • 2 DCY
sition Sensor Camshaft Po‐ ues out of range sor, No DTC
A Circuit sition (CMP) • >20° KW
(Bank 1 or sin‐ Sensor - • Phase sensor, No
gle sensor) G40- . Refer • <-20° KW DTC
to • Difference of • Cam adaptation,
⇒ “3.6.2 Cam‐ adapted and ac‐ Active
shaft Position tual values >9°
Sensor G40 , KW • Engine speed sen‐
Checking”, sor, No DTC
page 138 .
• Phase sensor, No
DTC
• Camshaft adjust‐
ment, No DTC
• Engine start, Com‐
pleted
• Cam adaptation,
Completed
• Camshaft in ref
positive for >2 s.

P0341 Camshaft Po‐ – Check the • Signal pattern, • 0.5 • Con‐

sition Sensor Camshaft Po‐ incorrect s tinu‐
A Circuit sition (CMP) ous
Range / Per‐ Sensor -
formance G40- . Refer • 2 DCY
(Bank 1 or sin‐ to
gle sensor) ⇒ “3.6.2 Cam‐
shaft Position
Sensor G40 ,
Checking”,
page 138 .
P0342 Camshaft Po‐ – Check the • signal voltage • 0.5 • Con‐
sition Sensor Camshaft Po‐ low and crank‐ s tinu‐
A Circuit Low sition (CMP) shaft signals, ous
Input (Bank 1 Sensor - 8.0
or single sen‐ G40- . Refer • 2 DCY
sor) to
⇒ “3.6.2 Cam‐
shaft Position
Sensor G40 ,
Checking”,
page 138 .

3. Diagnosis and Testing 67

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P0343 Camshaft Po‐ – Check the • signal voltage • 0.5 • Con‐
sition Sensor Camshaft Po‐ low and crank‐ s tinu‐
A Circuit High sition (CMP) shaft signals, ous
Input (Bank 1 Sensor - 8.0
or single sen‐ G40- . Refer • 2 DCY
sor) to
⇒ “3.6.2 Cam‐
shaft Position
Sensor G40 ,
Checking”,
page 138 .
P0351 Ignition Coil A – Check the Ig‐ • Signal current, < • Engine speed, • 0.5 • Con‐
Primary / Sec‐ nition Coils -0.25 – 2.00 mA >680 RPM s tinu‐
ondary Circuit with Power ous
Output Stage • OR
- N70- . Refer • 2 DCY
• Internal check,
to failed
⇒ “3.6.23 Igni‐
tion Coil with
Power Output
Stage, Check‐
ing”,
page 178 .
P0352 Ignition Coil B – Check the Ig‐ • Signal current, < • Engine speed, • 0.5 • Con‐
Primary / Sec‐ nition Coils -0.25 – 2.00 mA >680 RPM s tinu‐
ondary Circuit with Power ous
Output Stage • OR
- N127- . Re‐ • 2 DCY
• Internal check,
fer to failed
⇒ “3.6.23 Igni‐
tion Coil with
Power Output
Stage, Check‐
ing”,
page 178 .
P0353 Ignition Coil C – Check the Ig‐ • Signal current, < • Engine speed, • 0.5 • Con‐
Primary/Sec‐ nition Coils -0.25 – 2.00 mA >680 RPM s tinu‐
ondary Circuit with Power ous
Output Stage • OR
- N291- . Re‐ • 2 DCY
• Internal check,
fer to failed
⇒ “3.6.23 Igni‐
tion Coil with
Power Output
Stage, Check‐
ing”,
page 178 .
P0354 Ignition Coil D – Check the Ig‐ • Signal current, < • Engine speed, • 0.5 • Con‐
Primary / Sec‐ nition Coils -0.25 – 2.00 mA >680 RPM s tinu‐
ondary Circuit with Power ous
Output Stage • OR
- N292- . Re‐ • 2 DCY
• Internal check,
fer to failed
⇒ “3.6.23 Igni‐
tion Coil with
Power Output
Stage, Check‐
ing”,
page 178 .

68 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P0420 Catalyst Sys‐ – Check the • measured OSC / • Time after engine • 50 s • Once/
tem Efficiency Heated oxy‐ OSC of border‐ start, > 0 s. DCY
Below gen sensor line catalyst val‐
Threshold ( HO2S) - ue for front cata‐ • Delta exhaust • 2 DCY
(Bank 1) G39- . Refer lyst , <0.40 mass airflow, <
to 27.1 kg/h
⇒ “3.6.31 • OR
• exhaust gas mass
Heated Oxy‐ • value for front flow, lower range,
gen Sensor catalyst, <1.30 25.0 – 80.0 kg/h
G39 , Check‐
ing”, • AND • exhaust gas mass
page 194 . flow, upper range,
• value for main 60.0 – 160.0 kg/h
– Check the catalyst, <1.20
Oxygen sen‐ • modeled exhaust
sor after three gas temp. in cata‐
way catalytic lyst system, lower
converter - range, 490 – 660°
G130- . Refer C
to
⇒ “3.6.32 • modeled exhaust
Oxygen Sen‐ gas temp in cata‐
sor After lyst system, upper
Three Way range, 640 – 780°
Catalytic Con‐ C
verter G130 , • Engine speed,
Checking”, 1200 – 3520 RPM
page 196 .
• number of checks,
– Check the 4
Three Way
Catalytic Con‐ • O2S front, ready
verter (TWC). no fault
Refer to • O2S rear, ready no
⇒ “3.6.6 Cata‐ fault
lytic Convert‐
er, Checking”, • SAS not active
page 146 .
• no misfire

3. Diagnosis and Testing 69

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P0420 Catalyst Sys‐ – Check the • measured OSC / • Time after engine • 50 s • Once/
tem (main) Ef‐ Heated Oxy‐ OSC of border‐ start, > 80 s. DCY
ficiency Below gen Sensor line catalyst val‐
Threshold (HO2S) - ue for main cat‐ • Delta exhaust • 2 DCY
(Bank 1) G39- . Refer alyst , <0.90 mass airflow, <
PZEV only to 30.0 kg/h
⇒ “3.6.31 • WHILE
• exhaust gas mass
Heated Oxy‐ • value for front flow, lower range,
gen Sensor catalyst, <2.00 25.0 – 80.0 kg/h
G39 , Check‐
ing”, • exhaust gas mass
page 194 . flow, upper range,
60.0 – 160.0 kg/h
– Check the
Oxygen sen‐ • modeled exhaust
sor after three gas temp. in cata‐
way catalytic lyst system, lower
converter - range, 435 – 660°
G130- . Refer C
to
⇒ “3.6.32 • modeled exhaust
Oxygen Sen‐ gas temp in cata‐
sor After lyst system, upper
Three Way range, 530 – 740°
Catalytic Con‐ C
verter G130 , • Engine speed,
Checking”, 1200 – 3520 RPM
page 196 .
• number of checks,
– Check the 4
Three Way
Catalytic Con‐ • O2S front, ready
verter (TWC). no fault
Refer to • O2S rear, ready no
⇒ “3.6.6 Cata‐ fault
lytic Convert‐
er, Checking”, • SAS not active
page 146 .
• no misfire

70 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P0420 Catalyst Sys‐ – Check the • measured OSC / • Time after engine • 50 s • Once/
tem (only bin Heated Oxy‐ OSC of border‐ start, > 400 s. DCY
5, ULEV) Effi‐ gen Sensor line catalyst.
ciency Below (HO2S) - EWMA filter val‐ • Delta exhaust • 1 DCY
Threshold G39- . Refer ue for catalyst , mass airflow, <
(Bank 1) to <.20 30.0 kg/h
⇒ “3.6.31 • exhaust gas mass
Heated Oxy‐ flow, lower range,
gen Sensor 25.0 – 80.0 kg/h
G39 , Check‐
ing”, • exhaust gas mass
page 194 . flow, upper range,
60.0 – 130.0 kg/h
– Check the
Oxygen sen‐ • modeled exhaust
sor after three gas temp. in cata‐
way catalytic lyst system, lower
converter - range, 460 – 600°
G130- . Refer C
to
⇒ “3.6.32 • modeled exhaust
Oxygen Sen‐ gas temp in cata‐
sor After lyst system, upper
Three Way range, 500 – 680°
Catalytic Con‐ C
verter G130 , • Engine speed,
Checking”, 1200 – 3520 RPM
page 196 .
• number of checks,
– Check the 4
Three Way
Catalytic Con‐ • O2S front, ready
verter (TWC). no fault
Refer to • O2S rear, ready no
⇒ “3.6.6 Cata‐ fault
lytic Convert‐
er, Checking”, • SAS not active
page 146 .
• no misfire

3. Diagnosis and Testing 71

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P0441 Evaporative – Check the • Reaction of idle • evap purge flow in‐ • 25 s • Once/
Emission Sys‐ EVAP canis‐ controller or tegral, 25 g – 120 g DCY
tem Incorrect ter purge reg‐ lambda control‐
Purge Flow ulator valve 1 - ler Deviation • integrated air • 2 DCY
N80- . Refer to less than 7% mass, 5.5 kg – 6.5
⇒ “3.6.14 lambda control‐ kg
EVAP canis‐ ler AND 35% • Engine speed, Idle
ter purge reg‐ idle controller RPM
ulator valve 1 deviation
N80 , Check‐ • Engine speed De‐
ing”, viation, 80 RPM
page 161 .
• ECT, >65.30° C or
– Check the Substitute ECT,
Leak Detec‐ >80.30° C
tion Pump
(LDP) - • IAT, >3.80° C
V144- . Refer • Altitude, <2836 m
to
⇒ “3.6.29 • lambda control,
Leak Detec‐ closed loop
tion Pump
V144 , Check‐
ing”,
page 189 .

72 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P0442 Evaporative – Check the • Time for pres‐ • Time after engine • 120 • 2 DCY
Emission Sys‐ EVAP Sys‐ sure drop < 1.55 start > 5 – 65530 s. s
tem Leak De‐ tem, for – 1.75 s.
tected (Small Leaks. Refer • ECT, 3.8 – 120° C
Leak) to • ECT at start, 3.8 –
⇒ 50.3° C
“3.6.15 Evap‐
orative Sys‐ • engine off time,
tem, Checking >21600 s
for Leaks”,
page 164 . • ambient air temp
3.8 – 59.3° C
– Check the • ambient air temp
EVAP Canis‐ drop after engine
ter Purge start, < 7.5 K
Regulator
Valve 1 - • Intake manifold
N80- . Refer to vacuum, > 2560
⇒ “3.6.14 hPa
EVAP canis‐
ter purge reg‐ • Altitude, < 2700 m
ulator valve 1
N80 , Check‐ • Vehicle speed, >=
ing”, 0 kmh
page 161 . • Vehicle speed, >
40 kmh once Se‐
– Check the lected gear, Any
Leak Detec‐ drive
tion Pump
(LDP) - • restart temp differ‐
V144- . Refer ence, >0.0 K
to
⇒ “3.6.29 • Evap purge valve
Leak Detec‐ closed
tion Pump • LDP, Activated
V144 , Check‐
ing”, • Delta ambient
page 189 . pressure, < 2.5
hPa
• IAT drop after en‐
gine start, < 7.5° C
• delta vehicle
speed not >150
kmh

P0444 Evaporative – Check the • Signal voltage> • EVAP purge valve, • 0.5 • Con‐
Emission Sys‐ EVAP Canis‐ 4.40 – 5.40 V Commanded off s tinu‐
tem Purge ter Purge ous
Control Valve Regulator • Engine speed, >
Circuit Open Valve 1 - 80 RPM • 2 DCY
N80- . Refer to
⇒ “3.6.14
EVAP canis‐
ter purge reg‐
ulator valve 1
N80 , Check‐
ing”,
page 161 .

3. Diagnosis and Testing 73

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P0455 Evaporative – Check the • Time for pres‐ • Time after engine • 120 • Once/
Emission Sys‐ EVAP Sys‐ sure drop < 0.95 start > 5 – 65530 s. s DCY
tem Leak De‐ tem, for s.
tected (gross Leaks. Refer • ECT, 3.8 – 120° C • 2 DCY
leak/no flow) to • ECT at start, 3.8 –
⇒ 50.3° C
“3.6.15 Evap‐
orative Sys‐ • engine off time,
tem, Checking >21600 s
for Leaks”,
page 164 . • ambient air temp
3.8 – 59.3° C
– Check the
EVAP Canis‐ • ambient air temp
ter Purge drop after engine
Regulator start, < 12 K
Valve 1 - • Intake manifold
N80- . Refer to vacuum, > 2560
⇒ “3.6.14 hPa
EVAP canis‐
ter purge reg‐ • Altitude, < 2700 m
ulator valve 1
N80 , Check‐ • Vehicle speed, 0 –
ing”, 0 km/h
page 161 . • Vehicle speed, >
40 km/h once Se‐
– Check the lected gear, Any
Leak Detec‐ drive
tion Pump
(LDP) - • restart temp differ‐
V144- . Refer ence, >0.0 K
to
⇒ “3.6.29 • Evap purge valve
Leak Detec‐ closed
tion Pump • LDP, Activated
V144 , Check‐
ing”, • Delta ambient
page 189 . pressure, <2.5
hPa
• delta vehicle
speed not >150
kmh
• delta engine load
<768%

74 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P0456 Evaporative – Check the • <4.5 - 6.0 s. • Time after engine • 180 • once
Emission Sys‐ EVAP Sys‐ start > 5 - 1000 s s DCY
tem Leak De‐ tem, for
tected (very Leaks. Refer • ECT, 3.8 – 120° C • 2 DCY
small leak) to • ECT at start, 3.8 –
⇒ 50.3° C
“3.6.15 Evap‐
orative Sys‐ • engine off time,
tem, Checking >21600 s
for Leaks”,
page 164 . • ambient air temp
3.8 – 59.3° C
– Check the • ambient air temp
EVAP Canis‐ drop after engine
ter Purge start, < 4.5 K
Regulator
Valve 1 - • Intake manifold
N80- . Refer to vacuum, > 2560
⇒ “3.6.14 hPa
EVAP canis‐
ter purge reg‐ • Altitude, < 2700 m
ulator valve 1
N80 , Check‐ • Vehicle speed, 0 –
ing”, 150 kmh
page 161 . • Vehicle speed, >
40 kmh once Se‐
– Check the lected gear, Any
Leak Detec‐ drive
tion Pump
(LDP) - • restart temp differ‐
V144- . Refer ence, >0.0 K
to
⇒ “3.6.29 • EVAP purge valve
Leak Detec‐ closed
tion Pump • LDP, Activated
V144 , Check‐
ing”, • Delta ambient
page 189 . pressure, -1.523 –
1.523 hPa
• delta vehicle
speed not >150
kmh
• delta engine load
<768%
• vehicle accelera‐
tion <3.5 ms

P0458 Evaporative – Check the • Signal voltage, • EVAP purge valve, • 0.5 • Con‐
Emission Sys‐ EVAP Canis‐ <2.15 – 3.25 V Commanded off s tinu‐
tem Purge ter Purge ous
Control Valve Regulator • Engine speed, >80
Circuit Low Valve 1 - RPM • 2 DCY
N80- . Refer to
⇒ “3.6.14
EVAP canis‐
ter purge reg‐
ulator valve 1
N80 , Check‐
ing”,
page 161 .

3. Diagnosis and Testing 75

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P0459 Evaporative – Check the • Signal current, > • EVAP purge valve, • 0.5 • Con‐
Emission Sys‐ EVAP Canis‐ 2.20 A Commanded on s tinu‐
tem Purge ter Purge ous
Control Valve Regulator • Engine speed, >80
Circuit High Valve 1 - N80 RPM • 2 DCY
- . Refer to
⇒ “3.6.14
EVAP canis‐
ter purge reg‐
ulator valve 1
N80 , Check‐
ing”,
page 161 .
P0501 Vehicle – Check vehicle • VSS signal, < 4 • engine torque • 5s • multi‐
Speed Sensor speed signal. km/h >150 Nm ple
A Range / Refer to
Performance ⇒ “3.6.3 • Engine speed, • 2 DCY
Speedometer >2500 RPM
G21 , Check‐ • vehicle speed sen‐
ing”, sor, no fault
page 140 .
P0501 Vehicle – Check vehicle • VSS signal, < 4 • Engine speed, • 3s • multi‐
Speed Sensor speed signal. km/h 1520 – 4520 RPM ple
A Range / Refer to
Performance ⇒ “3.6.3 • fuel cutoff, active • 2 DCY
Only (ULEV) Speedometer • vehicle speed sen‐
G21 , Check‐ sor, no fault
ing”,
page 140 .
P0503 Vehicle – Check vehicle • vehicle speed • 0.5 • Con‐
Speed Sensor speed signal. >200km/h s tinu‐
A Out of range Refer to ous
high ⇒ “3.6.3
Speedometer • 2 DCY
G21 , Check‐
ing”,
page 140 .
P0506 Idle Air Con‐ – Check the • engine speed • Time after engine • 4s • multi‐
trol System Throttle Valve deviation <-80 start >0 s. ple
RPM Lower Control Mod‐ RPM
Than Expec‐ ule - J338- . • driver torque de‐ • 2 DCY
ted Refer to mand, none
⇒ “3.6.37 • Vehicle speed, 0
Throttle Valve MPH
Control Mod‐
ule J338 , • Altitude, < 2700 m
Checking”,
page 208 . • ECT, > -10.5° C
• IAT, >-48.0° C
• external torque re‐
quest, not deman‐
ded
• engine load, 15 –
40%

76 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P0507 Idle Air Con‐ – Check the • engine speed • Time after engine • 4s • multi‐
trol System Throttle Valve deviation >-80 start >0 s. ple
RPM Higher Control Mod‐ RPM
Than Expec‐ ule - J338- . • driver torque de‐ • 2 DCY
ted Refer to mand, none
⇒ “3.6.37 • Vehicle speed, 0
Throttle Valve MPH
Control Mod‐
ule J338 , • Altitude, < 2700 m
Checking”,
page 208 . • ECT, > -10.5° C
• IAT, >-48.0° C

P0601 Internal Con‐ – Replace the • Internal check • Con‐

trol Module Engine Con‐ sum, incorrect tinu‐
Memory trol Module - ous
Check Sum J623- . Refer
Error to appropriate • 2 DCY
repair manual.
P0604 Internal Con‐ – Replace the • Write ability • Con‐
trol Module Engine Con‐ check, failed tinu‐
Random Ac‐ trol Module - ous
cess Memory J623- . Refer
(RAM) Error to appropriate • 2 DCY
repair manual.
P0605 Internal Con‐ – Replace the • Checksum In‐ • Con‐
trol Module Engine Con‐ correct tinu‐
Read Only trol Module - ous
Memory J623- . Refer
(ROM) Error to appropriate • 2 DCY
repair manual.
P0606 ECM Pro‐ – Replace the Powerup calibra‐ • initialization • 0.5 • Con‐
cessor Engine Con‐ tion phase, active s tinu‐
trol Module - • EEPROM ous
J623- . Refer check, failed • initialization
to appropriate phase, active • 2 DCY
repair manual. A/D channel con‐
version • power-up calibra‐
• check failed tion, executed

P0627 Fuel Pump “A” – Check the fuel • Internal error • Battery voltage, > • 15 s • No Mil
Control Cir‐ pressure . Re‐ fuel pump con‐ 9-16 V
cuit /Open fer to trol unit
⇒ “3.6.21 Fuel • Engine start, Com‐
Pressure • Feedback from pleted
Test”, fuel pump con‐
page 175 . trol unit Pump
blocked short
circuit to battery
+, ground or
open circuit

3. Diagnosis and Testing 77

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P0638 Throttle Ac‐ – Check the Rationality check: • Ignition, on • 5s • multi‐
tuator Control Throttle Valve • Time to close to ple
Range / Per‐ Control Mod‐ reference point • Engine speed, 0
formance - ule - J338- . > 0.56s. RPM • 2 DCY
Bank 1 Refer to • IAT, >5.3° C
⇒ “3.6.37 • AND
Throttle Valve • reference point, • Vehicle speed, 0
Control Mod‐ 2.88% kmh
ule J338 ,
Checking”, Signal range check: • ECT, >5.3° C
page 208 . • duty cycle >80%
• AND
• ECM power
stage, no failure
•

P0641 Sensor Refer‐ – Replace the • Signal voltage, • 0.5 • Con‐

ence Voltage Engine Con‐ deviation +/- 0.3 s tinu‐
A Circuit / trol Module - V ous
Open J623- . Refer
to appropriate • 2 DCY
repair manual.
P0642 Sensor Refer‐ – Replace the • Signal voltage, < • Threshold values • 0.5 • 2 DCY
ence Voltage Engine Con‐ 4.6-5 V depending on in‐ s
A Circuit Low trol Module - ternal 5 V rev volt‐
J623- . Refer age
to appropriate
repair manual.
P0643 Sensor Refer‐ – Replace the • 5 V supply volt‐ • Threshold values • 0.5 • 2 DCY
ence Voltage Engine Con‐ age >4.99-5.41 depending on in‐ s
A Circuit High trol Module - V ternal 5 V rev volt‐
J623- . Refer age
to appropriate
repair manual.
P0651 Sensor Refer‐ – Replace the • Signal voltage, • 0.5 • Con‐
ence Voltage Engine Con‐ deviation +/- 0.3 s tinu‐
B Circuit / trol Module - V ous
Open J623- . Refer
to appropriate • 2 DCY
repair manual.
P0652 Sensor Refer‐ – Replace the • Signal voltage, < • Threshold values • 0.5 • 2 DCY
ence Voltage Engine Con‐ 4.6-5 V depending on in‐ s
B Circuit Low trol Module - ternal 5 V rev volt‐
J623- . Refer age
to appropriate
repair manual.
P0653 Sensor Refer‐ – Replace the • 5 V supply volt‐ • Threshold values • 0.5 • 2 DCY
ence Voltage Engine Con‐ age >4.99-5.41 depending on in‐ s
B Circuit High trol Module - V ternal 5 V rev volt‐
J623- . Refer age
to appropriate
repair manual.

78 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P0657 Actuator Sup‐ – Check the • Signal voltage, • Relay, comman‐ • 0.5 • Con‐
ply Voltage A Motronic En‐ 4.40 – 5.60 V ded off s tinu‐
Circuit / Open gine Control ous
Module Power • Engine speed, >
Supply Relay 80 RPM • 2 DCY
- J271- . Refer
to
⇒ “3.6.38 Volt‐
age Supply,
Checking”,
page 211 .
P0658 Actuator Sup‐ – Check the • Signal voltage, < • Relay, comman‐ • 0.5 • Con‐
ply Voltage A Motronic En‐ 2.15 – 3.25 V ded off s tinu‐
Circuit Low gine Control ous
Module Power • Engine speed, >
Supply Relay 80 RPM • 2 DCY
- J271- . Refer
to
⇒ “3.6.38 Volt‐
age Supply,
Checking”,
page 211 .
P0659 Actuator Sup‐ – Check the • Signal current • Relay, comman‐ • 0.5 • Con‐
ply Voltage Motronic En‐ >1.10 A ded on s tinu‐
"A" Circuit gine Control ous
High Module Power • Engine speed, >80
Supply Relay RPM • 2 DCY
- J271- . Refer
to
⇒ “3.6.38 Volt‐
age Supply,
Checking”,
page 211 .
P0685 ECM / PCM – Check the • Signal voltage, • ECM keep alive • 0.5 • 2 DCY
Power Relay Motronic En‐ 2.6-3.7 V time main relay, s
Control Cir‐ gine Control Commanded on
cuit/Open Module Power • Sense circuit (Test pulse)
Supply Relay voltage, >6 V
- J271- . Refer
to
⇒ “3.6.38 Volt‐
age Supply,
Checking”,
page 211 .
P0686 ECM / PCM – Check the • Signal voltage, • ECM keep alive • 0.5 • 2 DCY
Power Relay Motronic En‐ 2.6-3.7 V time main relay, s
Control Circuit gine Control Commanded on
Low Module Power • Sense circuit (Test pulse)
Supply Relay voltage, >6 V
- J271- . Refer
to
⇒ “3.6.38 Volt‐
age Supply,
Checking”,
page 211 .

3. Diagnosis and Testing 79

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P0687 ECM / PCM – Check the • Signal current, • Main relay, Com‐ • 0.5 • 2 DCY
Power Relay Motronic En‐ >1.4-0.7 A manded on s
Control Circuit gine Control
High Module Power • Sense circuit • ECM keep alive
Supply Relay voltage, <6 V time main relay,
- J271- . Refer Commanded on
to (Test pulse)
⇒ “3.6.38 Volt‐
age Supply,
Checking”,
page 211 .
P0688 ECM / PCM – Check the • Sense voltage, • Main relay, com‐ • 1s • 2 DCY
Power Relay Motronic En‐ <3.0 V manded on
Sense Circuit gine Control • 4s
Module Power • Difference • ECM keep alive
sense circuit time • 2s
Supply Relay
- J271- . Refer voltage with
to camshaft actua‐ • Switch off test –
tor commanded Failed
⇒ “3.6.38 Volt‐
age Supply, off and on >2.5 V
Checking”, • Battery voltage
page 211 . >3V

P0697 Sensor Refer‐ – Replace the • Signal voltage, • 0.5 • Con‐

ence Voltage Engine Con‐ deviation +/- 0.3 s tinu‐
C Circuit / trol Module - V ous
Open J623- . Refer
to appropriate • 2 DCY
repair manual.
P0698 Sensor Refer‐ – Replace the • Signal voltage, < • Threshold values • 0.4 • 2 DCY
ence Voltage Engine Con‐ 4.6 – 5 V depend on internal s
C Circuit Low trol Module - 5 V rev voltage
J623- . Refer
to appropriate
repair manual.
P0699 Sensor Refer‐ – Replace the • 5 V supply volt‐ • Threshold values • 0.4 • 2 DCY
ence Voltage Engine Con‐ age>4.99 – 5.41 depend on internal s
C Circuit High trol Module - V 5 V rev voltage
J623- . Refer
to appropriate
repair manual.
P1114 Internal resist‐ – Check the • Heater resist‐ • Battery voltage, • 15 s • 2 DCY
ance too large Oxygen sen‐ ance, (128-648) 10.7 – 16.1 V
(Bank 1, sen‐ sor after three *(8-40)
sor 2) way catalytic 1.02-25.9 k Ω • Modeled exhaust
converter - (dep. on mod. gas temp, 300 –
G130- . Refer exhaust temp. 600° C
to and heater pow‐ • Engine shutoff
⇒ “3.6.32 er) time, 300 s.
Oxygen Sen‐
sor After • IAT, >6.75° C
Three Way
Catalytic Con‐
verter G130 ,
Checking”,
page 196 .

80 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P12A Fuel Rail – Check the • pressure control • engine speed > • 5s • multi‐
1 Pressure pressure in activity, >2.50 600 RPM ple
Sensor Inap‐ the fuel sys‐ mPa
propriately tem for out of • EVAP purge adap‐ • 2 DCY
Low spec condi‐ • AND tation < 22.00
tions before • fuel trim activity, • lambda control
diagnosing <0.80 closed loop
the pressure
sensor. • AND • fuel cut off not ac‐
tive
– Check the • difference be‐
Fuel Pressure tween target
Sensor - pressure vs. ac‐
G247- . Refer tual pressure,
to -16.38 – 16.38
⇒ “3.6.17 mPa
Fuel Pressure
Sensor G247 ,
Checking”,
page 168 .
P12A Fuel Rail – Check the • pressure control • engine speed > • 5s • multi‐
2 Pressure pressure in activity, <0.05 600 RPM ple
Sensor Inap‐ the fuel sys‐ mPa
propriately tem for out of • evap purge adap‐ • 2 DCY
High spec condi‐ • AND tation < 22.00
tions before • fuel trim activity, • lambda control
diagnosing >1.30 closed loop
the pressure
sensor. • AND • fuel cut off not ac‐
tive
– Check the • difference be‐
Fuel Pressure tween target
Sensor - pressure vs. ac‐
G247- . Refer tual pressure,
to -16.38 – 16.38
⇒ “3.6.17 mPa
Fuel Pressure
Sensor G247 ,
Checking”,
page 168 .
P12A Fuel Rail – Check the • pressure control • engine speed > • 5s • multi‐
4 Pump Control Fuel Pressure activity, <6.00 600 RPM ple
Valve Stuck Sensor - mPa
Closed G247- . Refer • evap purge adap‐ • 2 DCY
to • AND tation < 22.00
⇒ “3.6.17 • fuel trim activity, • lambda control
Fuel Pressure >.90 – 1.15 closed loop
Sensor G247 ,
Checking”, • AND • fuel cut off not ac‐
page 168 . tive
• difference be‐
tween target
pressure vs. ac‐
tual pressure, -
<16.38 mPa

3. Diagnosis and Testing 81

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P2004 Intake Mani‐ – Check the In‐ • Normal closed • ECM keep alive • 25 s • Once/
fold Runner take Flap Mo‐ position, unable time Ignition, Off DCY
Control Stuck tor - V157- / to reach
Open Bank 1 Intake Mani‐ • Runner flaps, • 2 DCY
fold Runner • Signal voltage, Commanded
Position Sen‐ <2.62 or >4.65 V closed
sor - G336- . or • Battery voltage,
Refer to • Normal open po‐ >10 V
⇒ “3.6.26 In‐ sition, unable to
take Manifold reach • tumble flap, >5%,
Runner Posi‐ ECT, -40.5 – 140°
tion Sensor • Signal voltage, C
G336 , Check‐ <0.35 or >2.38 V
ing”, • IAT, -40.5 – 140° C
page 184 . • Position sensor,
No DTC
• Actuator, No DTC

P2008 Intake Mani‐ – Check the In‐ • Signal voltage • tumble flap, com‐ • 0.5 • Con‐
fold Runner take Flap Mo‐ 4.40 – 5.60 V manded off s tinu‐
Control Cir‐ tor - V157- / ous
cuit / Open Intake Mani‐ • engine speed >80
Bank 1 fold Runner RPM • 2 DCY
Position Sen‐
sor - G336- .
Refer to
⇒ “3.6.26 In‐
take Manifold
Runner Posi‐
tion Sensor
G336 , Check‐
ing”,
page 184 .
P2009 Intake Mani‐ – Check the In‐ • Signal voltage • tumble flap, com‐ • 0.5 • Con‐
fold Runner take Flap Mo‐ 2.15 – 3.25 V manded off s tinu‐
Control Cir‐ tor - V157- / ous
cuit / Shorted Intake Mani‐ • engine speed >80
Bank 1 fold Runner RPM • 2 DCY
Position Sen‐
sor - G336- .
Refer to
⇒ “3.6.26 In‐
take Manifold
Runner Posi‐
tion Sensor
G336 , Check‐
ing”,
page 184 .

82 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P2010 Intake Mani‐ – Check the In‐ • Signal current • tumble flap, com‐ • 0.5 • Con‐
fold Runner take Flap Mo‐ >2.20 A manded on s tinu‐
Control Cir‐ tor - V157- / ous
cuit / Shorted Intake Mani‐ • engine speed >80
to B+ Bank 1 fold Runner RPM • 2 DCY
Position Sen‐
sor - G336- .
Refer to
⇒ “3.6.26 In‐
take Manifold
Runner Posi‐
tion Sensor
G336 , Check‐
ing”,
page 184 .
P2014 Intake Mani‐ – Check the In‐ • Signal voltage, • 0.3 • 2 DCY
fold Runner take Flap Mo‐ >4.75 V s
Position Sen‐ tor - V157- /
sor / Switch Intake Mani‐
Circuit Bank 1 fold Runner
Position Sen‐
sor - G336- .
Refer to
⇒ “3.6.26 In‐
take Manifold
Runner Posi‐
tion Sensor
G336 , Check‐
ing”,
page 184 .
P2015 Intake Mani‐ – Check the In‐ • Deviation runner • 1.5 • multi‐
fold Runner take Flap Mo‐ flap position vs s ple
Position Sen‐ tor - V157- / actual position
sor / Switch Intake Mani‐ >25 % • 2 DCY
Circuit fold Runner
Range / Per‐ Position Sen‐
formance sor - G336- .
Bank 1 Refer to
⇒ “3.6.26 In‐
take Manifold
Runner Posi‐
tion Sensor
G336 , Check‐
ing”,
page 184 .
P2016 Intake Mani‐ – Check the In‐ • Signal voltage, • 0.3 • Con‐
fold Runner take Flap Mo‐ <0.25 V s tinu‐
Position Sen‐ tor - V157- / ous
sor / Switch Intake Mani‐
Circuit Low fold Runner • 2 DCY
(Bank 1) Position Sen‐
sor - G336- .
Refer to
⇒ “3.6.26 In‐
take Manifold
Runner Posi‐
tion Sensor
G336 , Check‐
ing”,
page 184 .

3. Diagnosis and Testing 83

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P2088 A Camshaft – Check the • Signal voltage, • camshaft valve off • 0.5 • Con‐
Position Ac‐ Camshaft Ad‐ <2.15 – 3.25 V s tinu‐
tuator Control justment • Engine speed, >80 ous
Circuit Low Valve 1 - RPM
Bank 1 short N205- . Refer • 2 DCY
to ground to
⇒ “3.6.1 Cam‐
shaft Adjust‐
ment Valve 1
N205 , Check‐
ing”,
page 136 .
P2089 A Camshaft – Check the • Signal current, • camshaft valve on • 0.5 • Con‐
Position Ac‐ Camshaft Ad‐ >2.20 A s tinu‐
tuator Control justment • Engine speed, >80 ous
Circuit High Valve 1 - RPM
Bank 1 short N205- . Refer • 2 DCY
to B+ to
⇒ “3.6.1 Cam‐
shaft Adjust‐
ment Valve 1
N205 , Check‐
ing”,
page 136 .
P2096 Post Catalyst – Check the • I-portion of 2nd • modeled exhaust • 140 • multi‐
Fuel Trim Heated Oxy‐ lambda control gas temp. 400.00 – s ple
System Too gen Sensor loop <0.03 880.00° C
Lean Bank 1 (HO2S) - • 2 DCY
G39- . Refer • exhaust gas mass
to flow, 20.00 –
⇒ “3.6.31 180.00 kg/h
Heated Oxy‐ • exhaust mass air
gen Sensor integral, > 0.28 * 5
G39 , Check‐
ing”, • lambda control,
page 194 . closed loop
– Check the • lambda control,
Oxygen sen‐ not at min. or max
sor after three limit
way catalytic • 2nd lambda con‐
converter - trol, closed loop
G130- . Refer
to • O2S front, ready,
⇒ “3.6.32 no fault
Oxygen Sen‐
sor After • O2S rear, ready,
Three Way no fault
Catalytic Con‐
verter G130 , • O2S heater front,
Checking”, active
page 196 . • O2S heater rear,
active
• fuel cut off, not ac‐
tive
• catalyst heating,
not active
• SAI, not active

84 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P2097 Post Catalyst – Check the • I-portion of 2nd • modeled exhaust • 140 • multi‐
Fuel Trim Heated Oxy‐ lambda control gas temp. 400.00 – s ple
System Too gen Sensor loop >0.03 880.00° C
Rich Bank 1 (HO2S) - • 2 DCY
G39- . Refer • exhaust gas mass
to flow, 20.00 –
⇒ “3.6.31 180.00 kg/h
Heated Oxy‐ • exhaust mass air
gen Sensor integral, > 0.28 * 5
G39 , Check‐
ing”, • lambda control,
page 194 . closed loop
– Check the • lambda control,
Oxygen sen‐ not at min or max
sor after three limit
way catalytic • 2nd lambda con‐
converter - trol, closed loop
G130- . Refer
to • O2S front, ready,
⇒ “3.6.32 no fault
Oxygen Sen‐
sor After • O2S rear, ready,
Three Way no fault
Catalytic Con‐
verter G130 , • O2S heater front,
Checking”, active
page 196 . • O2S heater rear,
active
• fuel cut off, not ac‐
tive
• catalyst heating,
not active
• SAI, not active

P2101 Throttle Ac‐ – Check the • Duty cycle • 0.6 • multi‐

tuator "A" Throttle Valve >80% s ple
Control Motor Control Mod‐
Circuit Range/ ule - J338- . • AND • 0.5 • 2 DCY
Performance Refer to s
• ECM power
⇒ “3.6.37 stage, no failure
Throttle Valve
Control Mod‐ • deviation throttle
ule J338 , valve angles vs
Checking”, calculated val‐
page 208 . ue, 4.0 – 50.0%

P2106 Throttle Ac‐ – Check the • internal check, • 0.2 • Con‐

tuator Control Throttle Valve failed s tinu‐
System - Control Mod‐ ous
Forced Limi‐ ule - J338- .
ted Power Refer to • 2 DCY
⇒ “3.6.37
Throttle Valve
Control Mod‐
ule J338 ,
Checking”,
page 208 .

3. Diagnosis and Testing 85

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P2110 Throttle Ac‐ – Check the • Engine load Out • 2 DCY
tuator Control Throttle Valve of range
System - Control Mod‐
Forced Limi‐ ule - J338- .
ted RPM Refer to
⇒ “3.6.37
Throttle Valve
Control Mod‐
ule J338 ,
Checking”,
page 208 .
P2122 Throttle / Ped‐ – Check the • Signal voltage < • 0.20 • Con‐
al Position Throttle Posi‐ 0.606 V s tinu‐
Sensor / tion (TP) Sen‐ ous
Switch D Cir‐ sor - G79- /
cuit Low Input Accelerator • 2 DCY
Pedal Position
Sensor 2 -
G185- . Refer
to
⇒ “3.6.36 Ac‐
celerator Ped‐
al Position
Sensor G79
and Accelera‐
tor Pedal Po‐
sition Sensor
2 G185 ,
Checking”,
page 206 .
P2123 Throttle / Ped‐ – Check the • Signal voltage • 0.20 • Con‐
al Position Throttle Posi‐ >4.794 V s tinu‐
Sensor / tion (TP) Sen‐ ous
Switch D Cir‐ sor - G79- /
cuit High Input Accelerator • 2 DCY
Pedal Position
Sensor 2 -
G185- . Refer
to
⇒ “3.6.36 Ac‐
celerator Ped‐
al Position
Sensor G79
and Accelera‐
tor Pedal Po‐
sition Sensor
2 G185 ,
Checking”,
page 206 .

86 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P2127 Throttle / Ped‐ – Check the • Signal voltage < • 0.20 • Con‐
al Position Throttle Posi‐ 0.268 V s tinu‐
Sensor / tion (TP) Sen‐ ous
Switch E Cir‐ sor - G79- /
cuit Low Input Accelerator • 2 DCY
Pedal Position
Sensor 2 -
G185- . Refer
to
⇒ “3.6.36 Ac‐
celerator Ped‐
al Position
Sensor G79
and Accelera‐
tor Pedal Po‐
sition Sensor
2 G185 ,
Checking”,
page 206 .
P2128 Throttle / Ped‐ – Check the • Signal voltage • 0.20 • Con‐
al Position Throttle Posi‐ >2.431 V s tinu‐
Sensor/ tion (TP) Sen‐ ous
Switch E Cir‐ sor - G79- /
cuit High Input Accelerator • 2 DCY
Pedal Position
Sensor 2 -
G185- . Refer
to
⇒ “3.6.36 Ac‐
celerator Ped‐
al Position
Sensor G79
and Accelera‐
tor Pedal Po‐
sition Sensor
2 G185 ,
Checking”,
page 206 .
P2138 Throttle / Ped‐ – Check the • Signal voltage • signal voltage sen‐ • 0.26 • Con‐
al Position Throttle Posi‐ sensor 1 vs 2, sor 1, >445.0 mV s tinu‐
Sensor / tion (TP) Sen‐ 0.167 – 0.703 V ous
Switch D / E sor - G79- / • signal voltage sen‐
Voltage Cor‐ Accelerator sor 2, >445.0 mV • 2 DCY
relation Pedal Position
Sensor 2 -
G185- . Refer
to
⇒ “3.6.36 Ac‐
celerator Ped‐
al Position
Sensor G79
and Accelera‐
tor Pedal Po‐
sition Sensor
2 G185 ,
Checking”,
page 206 .

3. Diagnosis and Testing 87

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P2146 Fuel Injector – Check the • Signal current, • Engine speed >80 • 0.5 • Con‐
Group A Sup‐ Fuel injectors >14.90 A RPM s tinu‐
ply Voltage - N30, N31, ous
Circuit / short N32, N33- .
to ground Refer to • 2 DCY
⇒ “3.6.16
Fuel Injectors,
Checking”,
page 165 .
P2149 Fuel Injector – Check the • Signal current • Engine speed >80 • 0.5 • Con‐
Group B Sup‐ Fuel injectors >14.90 A RPM s tinu‐
ply Voltage - N30, N31, ous
Circuit / Short N32, N33- .
to ground Refer to • 2 DCY
⇒ “3.6.16
Fuel Injectors,
Checking”,
page 165 .
P2181 Cooling Sys‐ – Check Engine • cooling system • begin of mass inte‐ • 1000 • once/
tem Perform‐ Coolant Tem‐ temp too low af‐ gration when en‐ s DCY
ance perature Sen‐ ter a sufficient gine temp, >30 °C
sor - G62- . air mass flow in‐ • 2 DCY
Refer to terval, <74 – 84 ° • ECT at start, -6.7 –
⇒ “3.6.11 En‐ C (SULEV) 64.5° C
gine Coolant • ambient air temp,
Temperature • <60 – 84 °C
(ULEV) -6.7 ° C
Sensor G62 ,
Checking”, • fuel cutoff not ac‐
page 153 . tive
– Check Engine • engine load, 0 –
Coolant Tem‐ 400%
perature Sen‐ • delta ambient
sor On Radia‐ pressure, <1.5
tor Outlet - hPa
G83- . Refer
to • integrated air
⇒ “3.6.12 En‐ mass depending
gine Coolant on engine temp at
Temperature start and ambient
Sensor On air temp, 3.2 – 23.8
Radiator Out‐ kg/h (SULEV) and
let G83 , 4.5 – 15 kg/h
Checking”, (ULEV)
page 157 .
• accumulated fuel
– Check the cutoff time, <40 –
Coolant recir‐ 250 s
culation pump
- V50- Refer to • At time of fault de‐
the appropri‐ tection:
ate repair • average air mass
manual. flow, 20 – 164 kg/h
(SULEV) and 23 –
– Check the 180kg/h (ULEV)
Coolant Ther‐
mostat. Refer • average vehicle
to the appro‐ speed, 33.4 – 120
priate repair kmh
manual..

88 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P2195 O2 Sensor – Check the • delta lambda of • modeled exhaust • 140 • multi‐
Signal Heated Oxy‐ 2nd lambda con‐ gas temp. 400 – s ple
Biased/Stuck gen Sensor trol loop, >0.07 880° C
Lean Bank 1 (HO2S) - • 2 DCY
Sensor 1 G39- . Refer • delta engine load,
to < 20%
⇒ “3.6.31 • exhaust gas mass
Heated Oxy‐ flow, 20.00 -
gen Sensor 180.00 kg/h
G39 , Check‐
ing”, • exhaust mass air
page 194 . integral, > 0.28 * 5
kg
• lambda control,
closed loop
• 2nd lambda con‐
trol, closed loop
• O2S front, ready,
no fault
• O2S rear, ready,
no fault
• O2S heater front,
ready, no fault
• O2S heater rear,
ready, no fault
• fuel cut off, not ac‐
tive
• catalyst heating,
not active
• SAI, not active
• Case 1: 1st lamb‐
da control loop, not
at min. or max limit
• 2nd lambda con‐
trol loop, active

3. Diagnosis and Testing 89

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P2196 O2 Sensor – Check the • delta lambda of • modeled exhaust • 140 • multi‐
Signal Heated Oxy‐ 2nd lambda con‐ gas temp. 400.00 - s ple
Biased/Stuck gen Sensor trol loop, <0.07 880.00° C
Rich Bank 1 (HO2S) - • 2 DCY
Sensor 1 G39- . Refer • delta engine load,
to < 20%
⇒ “3.6.31 • exhaust gas mass
Heated Oxy‐ flow, 20 – 180 kg/h
gen Sensor
G39 , Check‐ • exhaust mass air
ing”, integral, > 0.28 * 5
page 194 . kg
• lambda control,
closed loop
• 2nd lambda con‐
trol, closed loop
• O2S front, ready,
no fault
• O2S rear, ready,
no fault
• O2S heater front,
ready, no fault
• O2S heater rear,
ready, no fault
• fuel cut off, not ac‐
tive
• catalyst heating,
not active
• SAI, not active
• Case 1: 1st lamb‐
da control loop, not
at min or max limit
• 2nd lambda con‐
trol loop, active
• Case 2: 1st lamb‐
da control loop, at
min. limit
• O2S front, <1
• O2S rear voltage,
<0.4 V
• Case 3: 1st lamb‐
da control loop, at
max. limit
• O2S front, >1
• O2S rear voltage,
>0.6 V

90 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P2231 O2 Sensor – Check the • Delta O2S sig‐ • Engine speed, • 15 s • multi‐
Signal Circuit Oxygen Sen‐ nal front, >190 <2700 RPM ple
Shorted to sor (O2S) uA
Heater Circuit Heater - Z19- . • engine load, <60% • 2 DCY
Bank 1 Sen‐ Refer to • heater duty cycle,
sor 1 ⇒ “3.6.33 20 – 80%
Oxygen Sen‐
sor Heater • Modeled exhaust,
Z19 , Check‐ <800.1° C
ing”,
page 199 . • lambda set value
READ ERROR
• lambda, 0.95 –
1.05
• O2S Heater no
fault

P2237 O2 Sensor – Check the • O2S signal front • O2S ceramic • 5s • multi‐
Positive Cur‐ Heated Oxy‐ 1.493 – 1.507 V temp, >715 °C ple
rent Control gen Sensor
Circuit/Open (HO2S) - • O2S signal front • Lambda control, • 2 DCY
Bank 1 Sen‐ G39- . Refer < 1.70020 V Closed loop
sor 1 to • AND • Mass air integral,
⇒ “3.6.31 0.8 kg
Heated Oxy‐ • fuel cutoff >3.00
gen Sensor s • lambda set value,
G39 , Check‐ 0.97 – 1.03
ing”, • O2S signal front
page 194 . 1.50 – 1.51 V • O2S ceramic
temp, >715° C
• Delta lambda
controller, > • electrical adjust‐
0.10 ment, not active
• heater control, ac‐
tive
• EVAP purge valve,
ready no fault
• O2S ceramic
temp, >715° C
• Lambda modula‐
tion >0.02
• Lambda control,
Closed loop
• heater control, ac‐
tive

P2243 O2 Sensor – Check the • O2S signal front • Heater control, ac‐ • 3s • multi‐
Reference Heated Oxy‐ >4.70 V and In‐ tives. ple
Voltage Cir‐ gen Sensor ternal resistance
cuit/Open (HO2S) - > 1000 Ω • 2 DCY
Bank 1 Sen‐ G39- . Refer
sor 1 to • O2S signal front
⇒ “3.6.31 < 0.30 V And In‐
Heated Oxy‐ ternal resistance
gen Sensor > 1000 Ω
G39 , Check‐
ing”,
page 194 .

3. Diagnosis and Testing 91

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P2270 O2 Sensor – Check the ULEV • mass air flow, >25 • 100 • 2 DCY
Signal Oxygen sen‐ • Rationality kg/h s
Biased/Stuck sor after three check, O2S sig‐
Lean Bank 1 way catalytic nal rear, <0.620 • O2S rear readi‐
Sensor 2 converter - – 0.654 mV ness,>10 s
G130- . Refer • modeled exhaust
P2270 to SULEV gas temp. >350° C
⇒ “3.6.32 • Rationality
Oxygen Sen‐ check, O2S sig‐
sor After nal rear, <0.557
Three Way – 0.630 mV
Catalytic Con‐
verter G130 ,
Checking”,
page 196 .
P2271 O2 Sensor – Check the ULEV • rich voltage, • 0.5 • 2 DCY
Signal Oxygen sen‐ • measurement >=547.9 mV s
Biased/Stuck sor after three range from fuel
Rich Bank 1 way catalytic cutoff to voltage • lean voltage
Sensor 2 converter - threshold, <=152.3 mV
G130- . Refer <=152.3 mV • OR
to
⇒ “3.6.32 • number of • Max O2S mass
Oxygen Sen‐ checks (initial flow (disable),
sor After phase), >=1 >=5500 mg
Three Way
Catalytic Con‐ • O2S rear, ready
verter G130 , • fuel cutoff, active
Checking”,
page 196 . • front O2S, lambda
signal, >10.00
• modeled exhaust
gas temp. >400° C
• exhaust gas mass
flow, >25.0 kg/h
• rear O2S internal
resistance, <=131
KΩ (4.6 KΩ for SU‐
LEV)
• or resistance
measurement,
ready
• front O2S, sensor
cross change, no
fault
• rear O2S heater,
wires and oscillat‐
ing check, no fault
• purge valve, no
fault

92 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P2271 – Check the SULEV) • mass air flow, >25 • 100
Oxygen sen‐ • Rationality kg/h s
sor after three check, O2S sig‐
way catalytic nal rear, <0.557 • O2S rear readi‐
converter - – 0.630 mV ness,>10 s
G130 - . Refer • modeled exhaust
to gas temp. >350° C
⇒ “3.6.32
Oxygen Sen‐
sor After
Three Way
Catalytic Con‐
verter G130 ,
Checking”,
page 196 .
P2274 O2 Sensor – Check the • Rationality • mass air flow, >25 • 100 • 2 DCY
Signal Oxygen sen‐ check, O2S sig‐ kg/h s
Biased/Stuck sor after three nal rear, <0.620
Lean Bank 1 way catalytic – 0.654 mV • O2S rear readi‐
Sensor 3 converter - ness,>10 s
G130- . Refer • modeled exhaust
to gas temp. >350° C
⇒ “3.6.32
Oxygen Sen‐
sor After
Three Way
Catalytic Con‐
verter G130 ,
Checking”,
page 196 .

3. Diagnosis and Testing 93

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P2275 O2 Sensor – Check the • measurement • rich voltage, • 0.5 • 2 DCY
Signal Oxygen sen‐ range from fuel >=547.9 mV s
Biased/Stuck sor after three cutoff to voltage • 2 DCY
Rich Bank 1 way catalytic threshold, • lean voltage • 100
Sensor 3 converter - <=152.3 mV <=152.3 mV s
G130- . Refer • OR
to • number of
⇒ “3.6.32 checks (initial • Max O2S mass
Oxygen Sen‐ phase), >=1 flow (disable),
sor After • ULEV >=5500 mg
Three Way
Catalytic Con‐ • O2S signal • O2S rear, ready
verter G130 , rear,>0.620 –
Checking”, • fuel cutoff, active
0.654 mV
page 196 . • front O2S, lambda
signal, >10.00
• modeled exhaust
gas temp. >400° C
• exhaust gas mass
flow, >25.0 kg/h
• rear O2S internal
resistance, <=131
KΩ (4.6KΩ for SU‐
LEV)
• or resistance
measurement,
ready
• front O2S, sensor
cross change, no
fault
• rear O2S heater,
wires and oscillat‐
ing check, no fault
• purge valve, no
fault
• ULEV
• mass air flow, >25
kg/h
• O2S rear readi‐
ness,>10 s
• modeled exhaust
gas temp. >350° C
• fuel cut-off >3s

94 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P2279 Intake air sys‐ – Check the In‐ • threshold to de‐ • time after engine • 23 s • multi‐
tem leak take Air Tem‐ tect a defective start >60.0 s ple
perature Sen‐ system >1.33 – .
sor - G42- 1.6 • engine load <40% • 2 DCY

• AND • mass air flow

Refer to <6553.50 kg/h
⇒ “3.6.25 Intake • ratio of the tie
Air Temperature system defec‐ • ECT >49.50° C
Sensor G42 , tive during the
Checking”, • IAT <99.80° C
measurement
page 183 window to the • lambda control
whole duration value >0.95
of the measure‐
ment window • lambda set value
>0.60000 0.95 – 1.05
• vehicle speed <
1.00 kmh
• lambda control ac‐
tive
• engine speed idle
• altitude <2700 m
• O2S front no fault
• number of checks
3

P2293 Fuel Pressure – Check the • difference be‐ • time after engine • 3.5 • multi‐
Regulator 2 Fuel Pressure tween target start, 10.0 s s ple
Performance Sensor - pressure vs. ac‐
G247- . Refer tual pressure, • fuel cut off, not ac‐ • 2 DCY
to >1.50mPa tive
⇒ “3.6.17
Fuel Pressure • difference be‐
Sensor G247 , tween target
Checking”, pressure vs. ac‐
page 168 . tual pressure, <
-1.50 mPa

P2294 Fuel Pressure – Check the • Signal voltage • Fuel control valve, • 1s • multi‐
Regulator 2 Fuel Pressure 2.30 – 2.70 V commanded off ple
Control Circuit Sensor -
open circuit G247- . Refer • Fuel pump, Com‐ • 2 DCY
to manded on
⇒ “3.6.17
Fuel Pressure
Sensor G247 ,
Checking”,
page 168 .
P2294 Fuel Pressure – Check the • signal pattern in‐ • 1s • multi‐
Regulator 2 Fuel Pressure correct ple
Control Circuit Sensor -
Rationality G247- . Refer • 2 DCY
check to
⇒ “3.6.17
Fuel Pressure
Sensor G247 ,
Checking”,
page 168 .

3. Diagnosis and Testing 95

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P2295 Fuel Pressure – Check the • < 1.80 – 2.20 V • Fuel Control • 1s • multi‐
Regulator 2 Fuel Pressure Valve, Comman‐ ple
Control Circuit Sensor - ded off
Low short to G247- . Refer • 2 DCY
ground to
⇒ “3.6.17
Fuel Pressure
Sensor G247 ,
Checking”,
page 168 .
P2296 Fuel Pressure – Check the • Signal voltage • Fuel Control • 1s • multi‐
Regulator 2 Fuel Pressure >3.9 V Valve, Comman‐ ple
Control Circuit Sensor - ded on
High G247- . Refer • 2 DCY
to
⇒ “3.6.17
Fuel Pressure
Sensor G247 ,
Checking”,
page 168 .
P2300 Ignition Coil A – Check the Ig‐ • Signal current • Engine speed, • 0.5 • con‐
Primary Con‐ nition Coils >24.0 mA >680 RPM s tinu‐
trol Circuit with Power ous
Low Output Stage
- N70- . Refer • 2 DCY
to
⇒ “3.6.23 Igni‐
tion Coil with
Power Output
Stage, Check‐
ing”,
page 178 .
P2301 Ignition Coil A – Check the Ig‐ • Signal current • Engine speed, • 0.5 • con‐
Primary Con‐ nition Coils >5.1 – 7.0 mA >680 RPM s tinu‐
trol Circuit with Power ous
High Output Stage
- N70- . Refer • 2 DCY
to
⇒ “3.6.23 Igni‐
tion Coil with
Power Output
Stage, Check‐
ing”,
page 178 .
P2303 Ignition Coil B – Check the Ig‐ • Signal current • Engine speed, • 0.5 • con‐
Primary Con‐ nition Coils >24.0 mA >680 RPM s tinu‐
trol Circuit with Power ous
Low Output Stage
- N127- . Re‐ • 2 DCY
fer to
⇒ “3.6.23 Igni‐
tion Coil with
Power Output
Stage, Check‐
ing”,
page 178 .

96 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P2304 Ignition Coil B – Check the Ig‐ • Signal current • Engine speed, • 0.5 • con‐
Primary Con‐ nition Coils >5.1 – 7.0 mA >680 RPM s tinu‐
trol Circuit with Power ous
High Output Stage
- N127- . Re‐ • 2 DCY
fer to
⇒ “3.6.23 Igni‐
tion Coil with
Power Output
Stage, Check‐
ing”,
page 178 .
P2306 Ignition Coil C – Check the Ig‐ • Signal current • Engine speed, • 0.5 • con‐
Primary Con‐ nition Coils >24.0 mA >680 RPM s tinu‐
trol Circuit with Power ous
Low Output Stage
- N291- . Re‐ • 2 DCY
fer to
⇒ “3.6.23 Igni‐
tion Coil with
Power Output
Stage, Check‐
ing”,
page 178 .
P2307 Ignition Coil C – Check the Ig‐ • Signal voltage • Engine speed, • con‐
Primary Con‐ nition Coils >5.1 – 7.0 mA >680 RPM tinu‐
trol Circuit with Power ous
High Output Stage
- N291- . Re‐ • 2 DCY
fer to
⇒ “3.6.23 Igni‐
tion Coil with
Power Output
Stage, Check‐
ing”,
page 178 .
P2309 Ignition Coil D – Check the Ig‐ • Signal current • Engine speed, • 0.5 • con‐
Primary Con‐ nition Coils >24.0 mA >680 RPM s tinu‐
trol Circuit with Power ous
Low Output Stage
- N292- . Re‐ • 2 DCY
fer to
⇒ “3.6.23 Igni‐
tion Coil with
Power Output
Stage, Check‐
ing”,
page 178 .
P2310 Ignition Coil D – Check the Ig‐ • Signal voltage • Engine speed, • 0.5 • con‐
Primary Con‐ nition Coils >5.1 – 7.0 mA >680 RPM s tinu‐
trol Circuit with Power ous
High Output Stage
- N292- . Re‐ • 2 DCY
fer to
⇒ “3.6.23 Igni‐
tion Coil with
Power Output
Stage, Check‐
ing”,
page 178 .

3. Diagnosis and Testing 97

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P2400 Evaporative – Check the • Signal voltage > • Pump, Comman‐ • 0.5 • Con‐
Emission Sys‐ Leak Detec‐ 4.40 – 5.60 V ded off s tinu‐
tem Leak De‐ tion Pump ous
tection Pump (LDP) - • Engine speed, >80
Control Cir‐ V144- . Refer RPM • 2 DCY
cuit/Open to
⇒ “3.6.29
Leak Detec‐
tion Pump
V144 , Check‐
ing”,
page 189 .
P2401 Evaporative – Check the • Signal voltage < • Pump, Comman‐ • 0.5 • Con‐
Emission Sys‐ Leak Detec‐ 2.15-3.25 V ded off s tinu‐
tem Leak De‐ tion Pump ous
tection Pump (LDP) - • Engine speed, >80
Control Circuit V144- . Refer RPM • 2 DCY
Low to
⇒ “3.6.29
Leak Detec‐
tion Pump
V144 , Check‐
ing”,
page 189 .
P2402 Evaporative – Check the • Signal current > • Pump, Comman‐ • 0.5 • 2 DCY
Emission Sys‐ Leak Detec‐ 3.0 A ded on s
tem Leak De‐ tion Pump
tection Pump (LDP) - • Engine speed, >80
Control Circuit V144- . Refer RPM
High to
⇒ “3.6.29
Leak Detec‐
tion Pump
V144 , Check‐
ing”,
page 189 .

98 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P2403 Evaporative – Check the • Low signal volt‐ • Time after engine • 0s • Once/
Emission Sys‐ Leak Detec‐ age > 0.5 s start 5 – 65530 s DCY
tem Leak De‐ tion Pump
tection Pump (LDP) - • ECT, 3.8 – 120° C • 2 DCY
Sense Circuit/ V144- . Refer • ECT at start, 3.8 –
Open to 50.3° C
⇒ “3.6.29
Leak Detec‐ • engine off time,
tion Pump >21600 s
V144 , Check‐
ing”, • ambient air temp
page 189 . 3.8 – 59.3° C
• Altitude, < 2700 m
• integrated purge
flow, >12.1 g
• restart temp differ‐
ence, >0.0 K
• Vehicle speed,
>=0.0 kmh
• Vehicle speed, >
40 kmh once Se‐
lected gear, Any
drive
• Evap purge valve,
ready no fault
• LDP, commanded
off
• delta vehicle
speed not >150
kmh

3. Diagnosis and Testing 99

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P2404 Evaporative – Check the • High signal volt‐ • Time after engine • 35 s • Once/
Emission Sys‐ Leak Detec‐ age > 30.4 V start 5 – 65530 s. DCY
tem Leak De‐ tion Pump
tection Pump (LDP) - • AND • ECT, 3.8 – 120° C • 2 DCY
Sense Range/ V144- . Refer • number of • ECT at start, 3.8 –
Performance to checks, 30.0 50.3° C
⇒ “3.6.29
Leak Detec‐ • engine off time,
tion Pump >21600 s
V144 , Check‐
ing”, • ambient air temp
page 189 . 3.8 – 59.3° C
• Altitude, < 2700 m
• intake manifold
vacuum, >2560
hPa
• restart temp differ‐
ence, >0.0 K
• Vehicle speed,
>=0.0 kmh
• Vehicle speed, >
40 kmh once Se‐
lected gear, Any
drive
• EVAP purge valve,
closed, ready, no
fault
• LDP, commanded
on

P2414 O2 Sensor – Check the • Signal voltage • lambda set value, • 15 s • multi‐
Exhaust Sam‐ Heated Oxy‐ 3.10 – 4.81 V 1 ple
ple Error Bank gen Sensor
1 Sensor 1 (HO2S) - • O2S signal, 2.5 • O2S ceramic • 2 DCY
G39- . Refer – 3.2 temp. > 715.00° C
to • Signal Voltage • fuel cut off, not ac‐
⇒ “3.6.31 2.5 V tive
Heated Oxy‐
gen Sensor • O2S signal 2.5 – • heater control,
G39 , Check‐ 3.1 V closed loop
ing”,
page 194 . • SAI, not active
• if low fuel signal
then wait, > 600.00
s

100 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P2539 Low Pressure – Check the • Signal voltage > • 1s • 2 DCY
Fuel System pressure in 4.9 V
Sensor Circuit the fuel sys‐
tem for out of
spec condi‐
tions before
diagnosing
the pressure
sensor.

– Check the
Fuel Pressure
Sensor -
G247- . Refer
to
⇒ “3.6.17
Fuel Pressure
Sensor G247 ,
Checking”,
page 168 .
P2540 Low Pressure – Check the • Actual pressure • 5s • 2 DCY
Fuel System pressure in Deviation < 800
Sensor Circuit the fuel sys‐ kPa <80 kPa
Range/Per‐ tem for out of
formance spec condi‐
tions before
diagnosing
the pressure
sensor.

– Check the
Fuel Pressure
Sensor -
G247- . Refer
to
⇒ “3.6.17
Fuel Pressure
Sensor G247 ,
Checking”,
page 168 .
P2541 Low Pressure – Check the • Signal voltage < • 1s • 2 DCY
Fuel System pressure in 0.2 V
Sensor Circuit the fuel sys‐
Low tem for out of
spec condi‐
tions before
diagnosing
the pressure
sensor.

– Check the
Fuel Pressure
Sensor -
G247- . Refer
to
⇒ “3.6.17
Fuel Pressure
Sensor G247 ,
Checking”,
page 168 .

3. Diagnosis and Testing 101

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
P2626 O2 Sensor – Check the • O2S signal • Modeled exhaust • 1.5 • multi‐
Pumping Cur‐ Heated Oxy‐ front> 4.81 V temp, <700° C s ple
rent Trim Cir‐ gen Sensor
cuit/Open (HO2S) - • O2S ceramic • 2 DCY
Bank 1 Sen‐ G39- . Refer temp, >715° C
sor 1 to • Fuel cutoff, Active
⇒ “3.6.31
Heated Oxy‐ • heater control,
gen Sensor closed loop
G39 , Check‐
ing”, • if low fuel signal,
page 194 . then wait, >600 s

P3081 Engine Tem‐ – Check Engine • Difference be‐ • ECT < 60° C • 2s • 2 DCY
perature Too Coolant Tem‐ tween ECT and
Low perature Sen‐ modeled ECT >
sor - G62- . 9.80 K
Refer to
⇒ “3.6.11 En‐
gine Coolant
Temperature
Sensor G62 ,
Checking”,
page 153 .

– Check Engine
Coolant Tem‐
perature Sen‐
sor On Radia‐
tor Outlet -
G83- . Refer
to
⇒ “3.6.12 En‐
gine Coolant
Temperature
Sensor On
Radiator Out‐
let G83 ,
Checking”,
page 157 .
U000 High Speed – Check the • CAN message, • time after ignition • 250 • 2 DCY
1 CAN Commu‐ CAN-Bus ter‐ No feedback on, 500 ms ms
nication Bus minal resist‐
ance. Refer to • low value, low volt‐
⇒ “3.6.4 CAN age, 9 V
Bus Terminal • high value, low
Resistance, voltage, 9.5 V
Checking”,
page 141 . • low value, high
voltage, 16.0 V
• high value, high
voltage, 16.5 V

102 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
U000 High Speed – Check the • Global time out • time after ignition • 450 • 2 DCY
2 CAN Commu‐ CAN-Bus ter‐ on, 500 ms ms
nication Bus minal resist‐
ance. Refer to • low value, low volt‐
⇒ “3.6.4 CAN age, 9 V
Bus Terminal • high value, low
Resistance, voltage, 9.5 V
Checking”,
page 141 . • low value, high
voltage, 16.0 V
• high value, high
voltage, 16.5 V

U010 Lost Commu‐ – Check the • Failure of all • No bus off error • 1s
0 nication with CAN-Bus ter‐ CAN engine
ECM / PCM A minal resist‐ messages, Time • No error failure of
ance. Refer to out more than all CAN messages
⇒ “3.6.4 CAN 490 ms • No error failure of
Bus Terminal all CAN engine
Resistance, • Failure of all
CAN engine messages
Checking”,
page 141 . messages but • Terminal 15 Volt‐
not all CAN mes‐ age, > 9 V for more
sages, Time out than 500 ms
more than 1010
ms • > 500 ms after re‐
set

U010 Lost Commu‐ – Check the • Checksum • time after ignition • 500 • 2 DCY
1 nication with CAN-Bus ter‐ check Failed on, 500 ms ms
TCM minal resist‐ Message coun‐
ance, DSG ter check failed • low value, low volt‐
Transmission age, 9 V
Mechatronic - • Time out check
J743- to En‐ No message re‐ • high value, low
ceived by ECM voltage, 9.5 V
gine Control
Module - • low value, high
J623- . Refer voltage, 16.0 V
to
⇒ “3.6.4 CAN • high value, high
Bus Terminal voltage, 16.5 V
Resistance,
Checking”,
page 141 .
U012 CAN ABS – Check the • CAN communi‐ • time after ignition • 500 • 2 DCY
1 brake unit CAN-Bus ter‐ cation with on, 500 ms ms
minal resist‐ brake unit, time-
ance. Refer to out • low value, low volt‐
⇒ “3.6.4 CAN age, 9 V
Bus Terminal • high value, low
Resistance, voltage, 9.5 V
Checking”,
page 141 . • low value, high
voltage, 16.0 V
• high value, high
voltage, 16.5 V

3. Diagnosis and Testing 103

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
U014 CAN gateway – Check the • CAN communi‐ • 0.5 • 2 DCY
6 A CAN-Bus ter‐ cation with gate‐ s
minal resist‐ way, time-out
ance. Refer to
⇒ “3.6.4 CAN
Bus Terminal
Resistance,
Checking”,
page 141 .
U030 Software In‐ – Replace the • AT vehicle ECM • time after ignition • 100 • 2 DCY
2 compatibility DSG Trans‐ coded as MT ve‐ on, 500 ms ms
with Trans‐ mission Me‐ hicle
mission Con‐ chatronic - • low value, low volt‐
trol Module J743- . Refer age, 9 V
to appropriate • high value, low
repair manual. voltage, 9.5 V
• low value, high
voltage, 16.0 V
• high value, high
voltage, 16.5 V

U032 CAN: Instru‐ – Check the • Ambient temp • key on • 2s • multi‐

3 ment cluster CAN-Bus ter‐ value module ple
Audi only minal resist‐ not encoded for • status ambient
ance. Refer to ambient temp temp from instru‐ • 2 DCY
⇒ “3.6.4 CAN sensor, 00 h ment cluster, no
Bus Terminal fault
Resistance,
Checking”,
page 141 .
U040 CAN commu‐ – Check the • Data length • time after ignition • 300 • 2 DCY
2 nication with CAN-Bus ter‐ code transmit‐ on, 500 ms ms
TCM minal resist‐ ted, incorrect
ance, Selector • low value, low volt‐
Lever - E313- age, 9 V
to Engine • high value, low
Control Mod‐ voltage, 9.5 V
ule - J623-
• low value, high
voltage, 16.0 V
• high value, high
voltage, 16.5 V

U040 Invalid Data – Check the • If the value of • No failure of selec‐ • 50 • Con‐
4 Received CAN-Bus ter‐ message coun‐ tor lever CAN mes‐ ms tinu‐
From Gear minal resist‐ ter is perma‐ sages ous
Shift Control ance, Selector nent, constant,
Module Lever - E313- or change ex‐ • Terminal 15 volt‐ • 2 DCY
to Engine ceeds a thresh‐ age > 4 V for more
Control Mod‐ old, increment than 500 ms
ule - J623- . an event counter
• maximum
change of mes‐
sage counter > 5

104 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Criteria Secondary Parame‐ Moni‐ Frequen‐
sage cedure and Threshold Val‐ ters with Enable Con‐ toring cy of
ue ditions Time checks,
Length MIL Illu‐
minated
U041 CAN link to • Refer to repair • speed sensor in‐ • time after ignition • 1980 • 2 DCY
5 speed sensor manual, ABS itialization fail‐ on, 500 ms ms
System. ure
• low value, low volt‐
age, 9 V
• high value, low
voltage, 9.5 V
• low value, high
voltage, 16.0 V
• high value, high
voltage, 16.5 V

U042 CAN: Instru‐ – Check the • ambient temp. • key on • 2.0 • multi‐
2 ment cluster CAN-Bus ter‐ value (initializa‐ s ple
minal resist‐ tion), Audi, 01h • status ambient
ance. Refer to temp from instru‐ • 2 DCY
⇒ “3.6.4 CAN ment cluster no
Bus Terminal fault
Resistance, • electrical check
Checking”, ambient temp.
page 141 . sensor, no fault

U044 CAN gateway – Check the • CAN message, • 0.5 • Con‐

7 CAN-Bus ter‐ incorrect s tinu‐
minal resist‐ ous
ance. Refer to
⇒ “3.6.4 CAN • 2 DCY
Bus Terminal
Resistance,
Checking”,
page 141 .
U103 LIN Commu‐ – Check the Lin- • not active • 0.5 • Con‐
0 nication Bus. Refer to s tinu‐
⇒ “3.6.19 LIN- ous
Bus Circuit,
Checking”, • 2 DCY
page 171 .
U102 LIN Commu‐ – Check the Lin- • time out • 0.5 • Con‐
F nication Bus. Refer to s tinu‐
⇒ “3.6.19 LIN- ous
Bus Circuit,
Checking”, • 2 DCY
page 171 .
U102 LIN Commu‐ – Check the Lin- • LIN message, • 0.5 • Con‐
E nication Bus. Refer to incorrect s tinu‐
⇒ “3.6.19 LIN- ous
Bus Circuit,
Checking”, • 2 DCY
page 171 .

3.5 Transmission DTC Tables

♦ ⇒ “3.5.1 Transmission Mechatronic , DSG 6-spd 02E”,
page 106

3. Diagnosis and Testing 105

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

3.5.1 Transmission Mechatronic , DSG 6-spd 02E

DQ-250 6F 02E
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
P0219 Engine • signal • rotational • rotational • terminal 15 • 500 • 2 driv‐
Over‐ range speed of speed> voltage > 4 V ms ing cy‐
speed check gearbox 12000 rpm for more than cles
Condition input shaft 500 ms
exceed a
maximum
value

P0501 Vehicle • plausibility • calculate • speed differ‐• gear on input • 300 • 2 driv‐
Speed check the speed ence magni‐ shaft engag‐ ms ing cy‐
Sensor of input tude > 330 ed cles
"A" Cir‐ shaft with rpm (output
cuit the gear speed = 500• no valid CAN
Range/ ratio of en‐ rpm) – 100 output speed
Perform‐ gaged rpm (output information
ance gear on in‐ speed>=2000 • output speed
put shaft rpm) > 25 rpm OR
and the speed of in‐
output put shaft >
shaft 1000 rpm
speed.
compare • terminal 15
the calcu‐ voltage >4 V
lated for more than
speed with 500 ms
measured
speed of • battery volt‐
input shaft age >9 V for
more than
500 ms
• engine
speed > 600
rpm for more
than 500 ms

P0701 Trans‐ • signal • travel sen‐ • voltage < • 300 • 2 driv‐

mission range sor voltage 100 mV ms ing cy‐
Control check gearshift cles
System fork 1/3 out OR
Range/ of plausi‐ • voltage >
Perform‐ bility range 4900 mV
ance
• travel sen‐
sor voltage
gearshift
fork 2/4 out
of plausi‐
bility range

• travel sen‐
sor voltage
gearshift
fork 5/N
out of plau‐
sibility
range

Volkswagen Technical Site: http://vwts.ru http://vwts.info

106 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DQ-250 6F 02E
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
• travel sen‐
sor voltage
gearshift
fork 6/R
out of plau‐
sibility
range

P0702 Trans‐ • plausibility • In spite of • CHS1 cut • one-time af‐ • 300 • 2 driv‐
mission check cut off off and ter reset ms ing cy‐
Control Common CHS1- cles
System Highside Current> • terminal 15
Electrical Switch 1 a 40 mA voltage < 18
measura‐ CHS1 V
ble cur‐ turned on • no short-cir‐
rent. In and CHS1- cuit current
spite of Current< check failure
turned on 200 mA of CHS1
Common
Highside • common
Switch 1 highside
no current switch 1 volt‐
measura‐ age >9.2V
ble.
• gearbox sub‐
system 1 ac‐
tive
• common
highside
switches not
deactivated
by module 2

• In spite of • CHS2 cut • one-time af‐

cut off off and ter reset
Common CHS2-
Highside Current> • terminal 15
Switch 2 a 40 mA voltage < 18
measura‐ CHS2 V
ble cur‐ turned on • no short-cir‐
rent. In and CHS2- cuit current
spite of Current< check failure
turned on 200 mA of CHS2
Common
Highside • common
Switch 2 highside
no current switch 2 volt‐
measura‐ age >9.2V
ble.
• gearbox sub‐
system 2 ac‐
tive
• common
highside
switches not
deactivated
by module 2

3. Diagnosis and Testing 107

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DQ-250 6F 02E
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
• In spite of • CHS3 cut • one-time af‐
cut off off and ter reset
Common CHS3-
Highside Current> • terminal 15
Switch 3 a 40 mA voltage < 18
measura‐ CHS3 V
ble cur‐ turned on • no short-cir‐
rent. In and CHS3- cuit current
spite of Current< check failure
turned on 200 mA of CHS3 and
Common main pres‐
Highside sure sole‐
Switch 3 noid valve
no current
measura‐ • common
ble. highside
switch 1 and
2 voltage
>9.2V
• common
highside
switches not
deactivated
by module 2

P0717 Input/Tur‐ • plausibility • calculate • speed differ‐• gear engag‐ • 900 • 2 driv‐
bine check the speed ence magni‐ ed on input ms ing cy‐
Shaft of input tude> 330 shaft 1 cles
Speed shaft 1 rpm (output
Sensor with the speed = • valid CAN
"A" Cir‐ gear ratio 500rpm)… output speed
cuit No of engag‐ 100 rpm (out‐ information
Signal ed gear on put • speed of in‐
input shaft speed>=2000 put shaft 1 <
1 and the rpm) 25 rpm
output
shaft • output speed
speed. > 25 rpm
compare
the calcu‐ • terminal 15
lated voltage >4 V
speed with for more than
measured 500 ms
speed of • battery volt‐
input shaft age >9 V for
1 more than
500 ms
• engine
speed > 600
rpm for more
than 500 ms

108 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DQ-250 6F 02E
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
• calculate • gear engag‐
the speed ed on input
of input shaft 2
shaft 2
with the • valid CAN
gear ratio output speed
of engag‐ information
ed gear on • speed of in‐
input shaft put shaft 2 <
2 and the 25 rpm
output
shaft • output speed
speed. > 25 rpm
compare
the calcu‐ • terminal 15
lated voltage >4 V
speed with for more than
measured 500 ms
speed of • battery volt‐
input shaft age >9 V for
2 more than
500 ms
• engine
speed > 600
rpm for more
than 500 ms

P0729 Gear 6 In‐ • synchroniz‐ • integral • integral > • no slipping • syn‐ • 2 driv‐
correct ing detec‐ that corre‐ 125 point adapta‐ chron‐ ing cy‐
Ratio tion while sponds to tion of clutch izing cles
the gear‐ the energy 2 slip,
shift fork flux in the duty
was control‐ synchroni‐ • multiplexer factor
led to en‐ zation ex‐ position = 0 of
gage sixth ceeds a • control gear‐ safety
gear maximum shift fork valve
value. The valve 3 >= 2
integral 5%
calculation
depends • no main
on syn‐ pressure
chronizing loss
slip and
duty factor • terminal 15
of the safe‐ voltage > 4 V
ty valve 2 for more than
500 ms
• battery volt‐
age > 9 V for
more than
500 ms
• engine
speed > 600
rpm for more
than 500 ms

3. Diagnosis and Testing 109

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DQ-250 6F 02E
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
P0731 Gear 1 In‐ • synchroniz‐ • integral • integral > • no slipping • syn‐ • 2 driv‐
correct ing detec‐ that corre‐ 125 point adapta‐ chron‐ ing cy‐
Ratio tion while sponds to tion of clutch izing cles
the gear‐ the energy 1 slip,
shift fork flux in the duty
was control‐ synchroni‐ • multiplexer factor
led to en‐ zation ex‐ position = 0 of
gage 1st ceeds a • control gear‐ safety
gear maximum shift fork valve
value. The valve 1 >= 1
integral 5%
calculation
depends • no main
on syn‐ pressure
chronizing loss
slip and
duty factor • terminal 15
of the safe‐ voltage > 4 V
ty valve 1 for more than
500 ms
• battery volt‐
age > 9 V for
more than
500 ms
• engine
speed > 600
rpm for more
than 500 ms

P0732 Gear 2 In‐ • synchroniz‐ • integral • integral > • no slipping • syn‐ • 2 driv‐
correct ing detec‐ that corre‐ 125 point adapta‐ chron‐ ing cy‐
Ratio tion while sponds to tion of clutch izing cles
the gear‐ the energy 2 slip,
shift fork flux in the duty
was control‐ synchroni‐ • multiplexer factor
led to en‐ zation ex‐ position = 1 of
gage sec‐ ceeds a • control gear‐ safety
ond gear maximum shift fork valve
value. The valve 3>= 2
integral 5%
calculation
depends • no main
on syn‐ pressure
chronizing loss
slip and
duty factor • terminal 15
of the safe‐ voltage > 4 V
ty valve 2 for more than
500 ms
• battery volt‐
age > 9 V for
more than
500 ms
• engine
speed > 600
rpm for more
than 500 ms

110 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DQ-250 6F 02E
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
P0733 Gear 3 In‐ • synchroniz‐ • integral • integral > • no slipping • syn‐ • 2 driv‐
correct ing detec‐ that corre‐ 125 point adapta‐ chron‐ ing cy‐
Ratio tion while sponds to tion of clutch izing cles
the gear‐ the energy 1 slip,
shift fork flux in the duty
was control‐ synchroni‐ • multiplexer factor
led to en‐ zation ex‐ position = 0 of
gage third ceeds a • control gear‐ safety
gear maximum shift fork valve
value. The valve 2 >= 1
integral 5%
calculation
depends • no main
on syn‐ pressure
chronizing loss
slip and
duty factor • terminal 15
of the safe‐ voltage > 4 V
ty valve 1 for more than
500 ms
• battery volt‐
age > 9 V for
more than
500 ms
• engine
speed > 600
rpm for more
than 500 ms

P0734 Gear 4 In‐ • synchroniz‐ • integral • integral > • no slipping • syn‐ • 2 driv‐
correct ing detec‐ that corre‐ 125 point adapta‐ chron‐ ing cy‐
Ratio tion while sponds to tion of clutch izing cles
the gear‐ the energy 2 slip,
shift fork flux in the duty
was control‐ synchroni‐ • multiplexer factor
led to en‐ zation ex‐ position = 1 of
gage fourth ceeds a • control gear‐ safety
gear maximum shift fork valve
value. The valve 4 >= 2
integral 5%
calculation
depends • no main
on syn‐ pressure
chronizing loss
slip and
duty factor • terminal 15
of the safe‐ voltage > 4 V
ty valve 2 for more than
500 ms
• battery volt‐
age > 9 V for
more than
500 ms
• engine
speed > 600
rpm for more
than 500 ms

3. Diagnosis and Testing 111

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DQ-250 6F 02E
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
P0735 Gear 5 In‐ • synchroniz‐ • integral • integral > • no slipping • syn‐ • 2 driv‐
correct ing detec‐ that corre‐ 125 point adapta‐ chron‐ ing cy‐
Ratio tion while sponds to tion of clutch izing cles
the gear‐ the energy 1 slip,
shift fork flux in the duty
was control‐ synchroni‐ • multiplexer factor
led to en‐ zation ex‐ position = 1 of
gage fifth ceeds a • control gear‐ safety
gear maximum shift fork valve
value. The valve 1>= 1
integral 5%
calculation
depends • no main
on syn‐ pressure
chronizing loss
slip and
duty factor • terminal 15
of the safe‐ voltage > 4 V
ty valve 1 for more than
500 ms
• battery volt‐
age > 9 V for
more than
500 ms
• engine
speed > 600
rpm for more
than 500 ms

P0736 Reverse • unable to • gearshift • gearshift • control safe‐ • 6000 • 2 driv‐

Incorrect disengage fork of re‐ fork posi‐ ty valve 2 ms ing cy‐
Ratio the reverse verse gear tion < syn‐ (ON) >= 20% cles
gear stays in chronizing
shifted po‐ point re‐ • multiplexer
sition in verse gear position = 0
spite of - 10% syn‐ • desired main
control to chronizing pressure > 2
disengage point bar
measured
by a basic • no main
adjust‐ pressure
ment (re‐ loss
verse gear
stays in • terminal 15
shifted po‐ voltage > 4 V
sition) con‐ for more than
trol gear‐ 500 ms
shift fork • battery volt‐
age > 9 V for
more than
500 ms
• engine
speed > 600
rpm for more
than 500 ms

112 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DQ-250 6F 02E
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
• synchroniz‐ • integral • integral > • no slipping
ing detec‐ that corre‐ 125 point adapta‐
tion while sponds to tion of clutch
the gear‐ the energy 1
shift fork flux in the
was control‐ synchroni‐ • multiplexer
led to en‐ zation ex‐ position = 0
gage re‐ ceeds a • control gear‐
verse gear maximum shift fork
value. The valve 4 >=
integral 5%
calculation
depends • no main
on syn‐ pressure
chronizing loss
slip and
duty factor • terminal 15
of the safe‐ voltage > 4 V
ty valve 2 for more than
500 ms
• battery volt‐
age > 9 V for
more than
500 ms
• engine
speed > 600
rpm for more
than 500 ms

P0746 Pressure • pressure in‐ • integral of • pressure • desired pres‐ • 300 • 2 driv‐
Control tegral moni‐ actual integral>= sure <= ms ing cy‐
Solenoid toring pressure 0,1 bar * s adapted cles
"A" Per‐ minus de‐ clutch slip‐
for‐ sired pres‐ ping point + 1
mance/ sure minus bar
Stuck Off drain ex‐
ceeds a • standing ve‐
maximum hicle with ac‐
value celerator
pedal < 0.1%
• battery volt‐
age > 9 V for
more than
500 ms
• engine
speed > 500
rpm

3. Diagnosis and Testing 113

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DQ-250 6F 02E
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
• open-circuit • desired • desired • common
check valve cur‐ current> highside
rent of 350 mA switch 1 on,
clutch 1 actual cur‐ not defect
exceeds a rent< 50 and voltage
threshold mA > 9.2 V
simultane‐
ous the ac‐ • gearbox sub‐
tual valve system 1 ac‐
current is tive
smaller • common
than a sec‐ highside
ond switches not
threshold deactivated
by module 2
• terminal 15
voltage > 9 V
for more than
500 ms
• engine
speed > 500
rpm

P0747 Pressure • pressure • the num‐ • counter > 2 • engaged • 0 ms • 2 driv‐

Control buildup ber of suc‐ gear on input ing cy‐
Solenoid monitoring cessive shaft 1 cles
"A" Stuck pressure
On buildup • desired pres‐
failure of sure >adap‐
clutch 1 ted clutch
reaches a slipping point
maximum – 0.2 bar
value • output speed
< 200 rpm
• terminal 15
voltage > 4 V
for more than
500 ms
• battery volt‐
age > 9 V for
more than
500 ms
• engine
speed > 600
rpm for more
than 500 ms

114 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DQ-250 6F 02E
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
• short-circuit • compari‐ • actual • common • 200
current son of ac‐ current>de‐ highside ms
check tual valve sired cur‐ switch 1 on,
current rent and not defect
with de‐ (actual cur‐ and voltage
sired valve rent- de‐ > 9.2 V
current of sired cur‐
clutch 1 rent)> 200 • gearbox sub‐
mA for system 1 ac‐
more than tive
200 ms • common
highside
switches not
deactivated
by module 2
• terminal 15
voltage > 9 V
for more than
500 ms
• engine
speed > 500
rpm

3. Diagnosis and Testing 115

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DQ-250 6F 02E
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
P0751 Shift Sol‐ • open-circuit • Compari‐ • difference • common • 300 • 2 driv‐
enoid "A" check son of re‐ of residual highside ms ing cy‐
Perform‐ sidual cur‐ current<= switch 1 on, cles
ance/ rent of 200 mA not defect
Stuck Off gearbox (supply and voltage
subsystem voltage at > 9.2 V
1 (total common
current at highside • gearbox sub‐
common 1=7 V) 450 system 1 ac‐
highside mA (sup‐ tive
switch 1 – ply voltage • common
actual cur‐ at common highside
rent of highside switches not
clutch 1) at 1=13 V) deactivated
switching by module 2
point of
control • change of
gearshift supply volt‐
fork valve age < 1 V
1 with re‐
sidual cur‐ • duty factor
rent at per‐ change of
manent safety valve
control of 1 (control of
control safety valve
gearshift 1 is stable)
fork valve <= 5%
1
• duty factor
change of
gearshift fork
valve 2 (con‐
trol of gear‐
shift fork
valve 2 is sta‐
ble) <= 5%
• y factor
change of
safety valve
2 > 70%
• control of
safety valve
2 is stable >=
50 ms
• duty factor
change of
gearshift >
500 rpm

116 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DQ-250 6F 02E
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
P0756 Shift Sol‐ • open-circuit • Compari‐ • difference • common • 300 • 2 driv‐
enoid "B" check son of re‐ of residual highside ms ing cy‐
Perform‐ sidual cur‐ current<= switch 1 on, cles
ance/ rent of 200 mA not defect
Stuck Off gearbox (supply and voltage
subsystem voltage at > 9.2 V
1 (total common
current at highside • gearbox sub‐
common 1=7 V) , system 1 ac‐
highside 450 mA tive
switch 1 – (supply • common
actual cur‐ voltage at highside
rent of common switches not
clutch 1) at highside deactivated
switching 1=13 V) by module 2
point of
control • change of
gearshift supply volt‐
fork valve age < 1 V
2 with re‐
sidual cur‐ • duty factor
rent at per‐ change of
manent safety valve
control of 1 (control of
control safety valve
gearshift 1 is stable)
fork valve <= 5%
2
• duty factor
change of
gearshift fork
valve 1 (con‐
trol of gear‐
shift fork
valve 1 is sta‐
ble) <= 5%
• duty factor of
control gear‐
shift fork
valve 2 >
70% and
steady state
time >= 50
ms
• terminal 15
voltage > 9 V
for more than
500 ms
• engine
speed > 500
rpm

3. Diagnosis and Testing 117

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DQ-250 6F 02E
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
P0761 Shift Sol‐ • open-circuit • Compari‐ • difference • common • 300 • 2 driv‐
enoid "C" check son of re‐ of residual highside ms ing cy‐
Perform‐ sidual cur‐ current<= switch 2 on, cles
ance/ rent of 200 mA not defect
Stuck Off gearbox (supply and voltage
subsystem voltage at > 9.2 V
2 (total common
current at highside • gearbox sub‐
common 2=7 V) 450 system 2 ac‐
highside mA (sup‐ tive
switch 2 – ply voltage • common
actual cur‐ at common highside
rent of highside switches not
clutch 2) at 2=13 V) deactivated
switching by module 2
point of
control • change of
gearshift supply volt‐
fork valve age < 1 V
3 with re‐
sidual cur‐ • duty factor
rent at per‐ change of
manent safety valve
control of 2 <= 5%
control (control of
gearshift safety valve
fork valve 2 is stable)
3
• duty factor
change of
gearshift fork
valve 4 <=
5% (control
of gearshift
fork valve 4 is
stable)
• duty factor of
control gear‐
shift fork
valve 3 >
70% and
steady state
time >= 50
ms
• terminal 15
voltage > 9 V
for more than
500 ms
• engine
speed > 500
rpm

118 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DQ-250 6F 02E
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
P0766 Shift Sol‐ • open-circuit • Compari‐ • difference • common • 300 • 2 driv‐
enoid "D" check son of re‐ of residual highside ms ing cy‐
Perform‐ sidual cur‐ current<= switch 2 on, cles
ance/ rent of 200 mA not defect
Stuck Off gearbox (supply and voltage
subsystem voltage at > 9.2 V
2 (total common
current at highside • gearbox sub‐
common 2=7 V) 450 system 2 ac‐
highside mA (sup‐ tive
switch 2 – ply voltage • common
actual cur‐ at common highside
rent of highside switches not
clutch 2) at 2=13 V) deactivated
switching by module 2
point of
control • change of
gearshift supply volt‐
fork valve age < 1 V
4 with re‐
sidual cur‐ • duty factor
rent at per‐ change of
manent safety valve
control of 2 <= 5%
control (control of
gearshift safety valve
fork valve 2 is stable)
4
• duty factor
change of
gearshift fork
valve 3 <=
5% (control
of gearshift
fork valve 3 is
stable)
• duty factor of
control gear‐
shift fork
valve 4 >
70% and
steady state
time >= 50
ms
• terminal 15
voltage > 9 V
for more than
500 ms
• engine
speed > 500
rpm

3. Diagnosis and Testing 119

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DQ-250 6F 02E
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
P0771 Shift Sol‐ • open-circuit • Compari‐ • difference • common
enoid "E" check son of re‐ of residual highside
Perform‐ sidual cur‐ current <= switch 3 on
ance/ rent of 150 mA and not de‐
Stuck Off central ( maximum fect
control (to‐ of supply
tal current voltage at • no short-cir‐
at common common cuit current
highside highside check failure
switch 3 – 1,2 and of main pres‐
actual cur‐ terminal 15 sure sole‐
rent of =7 V) 300 noid valve
main pres‐ mA (maxi‐ • common
sure valve mum of highside
and cool‐ supply switch 1 and
ing oil voltage at 2 voltage >
valve) at common 9.2 V
switching highside
point of 1,2 and • common
multiplexer terminal 15 highside
valve with =13 V) switches not
residual deactivated
current at by module 2
permanent
control of • change of
multiplexer supply volt‐
valve age < 1 V
• multiplexer
valve is con‐
trolled and
steady state
time >= 50
ms
• terminal 15
voltage > 9 V
for more than
500 ms
• engine
speed > 500
rpm

P0776 Pressure • pressure in‐ • integral of • pressure • desired pres‐ • 300 • 2 driv‐
Control tegral moni‐ actual integral >= sure <= ms ing cy‐
Solenoid toring pressure 0,1 bar * s adapted cles
"B" Per‐ minus de‐ clutch slip‐
for‐ sired pres‐ ping point + 1
mance/ sure minus bar
Stuck Off drain ex‐
ceeds a • standing ve‐
maximum hicle with ac‐
value celerator
pedal < 0.1%
• battery volt‐
age > 9 V for
more than
500 ms
• engine
speed > 500
rpm

120 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DQ-250 6F 02E
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
• open-circuit • desired • desired • common
check valve cur‐ current> highside
rent of 350 mA switch 2 on,
clutch 2 actual cur‐ not defect
exceeds a rent< 50 and voltage
threshold mA > 9.2 V
simultane‐
ous the ac‐ • gearbox sub‐
tual valve system 2 ac‐
current is tive
smaller • common
than a sec‐ highside
ond switches not
threshold deactivated
by module 2
• terminal 15
voltage > 9 V
for more than
500 ms
• engine
speed > 500
rpm

P0777 Pressure • pressure • the num‐ • counter > 2 • engaged • 0 ms • 2 driv‐

Control buildup ber of suc‐ gear on input ing cy‐
Solenoid monitoring cessive shaft 2 cles
"B" Stuck pressure
On buildup • desired pres‐
failure of sure > adap‐
clutch 2 ted clutch
reaches a slipping point
maximum – 0.2 bar
value • output speed
< 200 rpm
• terminal 15
voltage > 4 V
for more than
500 ms
• battery volt‐
age > 9 V for
more than
500 ms
• engine
speed > 600
rpm for more
than 500 ms

3. Diagnosis and Testing 121

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DQ-250 6F 02E
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
• short-circuit • compari‐ • actual cur‐ • common • 200
current son of ac‐ rent >de‐ highside ms
check tual valve sired cur‐ switch 2 on,
current rent and not defect
with de‐ (actual and voltage
sired valve current- > 9.2 V
current of desired
clutch 2 current) > • gearbox sub‐
200 mA for system 2 ac‐
more than tive
200 ms • common
highside
switches not
deactivated
by module 2
• terminal 15
voltage > 9 V
for more than
500 ms
• engine
speed > 500
rpm

P0781 1-2 Shift • unable to • gearshift • gearshift • control safe‐ • 6000 • 2 driv‐
disengage fork of 1st fork posi‐ ty valve 1 ms ing cy‐
the 1st gear gear stays tion > syn‐ (ON) >= 20% cles
in shifted chronizing
position in point 1st • multiplexer
spite of gear + position = 0
control to 10% syn‐ • desired main
disengage chronizing pressure > 2
point bar
measured
by a basic • no main
adjust‐ pressure
ment (1st loss
gear stays
in shifted • terminal 15
position) voltage > 4 V
control for more than
gearshift 500 ms
fork valve • battery volt‐
2 >= 5% age > 9 V for
more than
500 ms
• engine
speed > 600
rpm for more
than 500 ms

122 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DQ-250 6F 02E
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
P0782 2-3 Shift • unable to • gearshift • gearshift • control safe‐ • 6000 • 2 driv‐
disengage fork of sec‐ fork posi‐ ty valve 1 ms ing cy‐
the second ond gear tion < syn‐ (ON) >= 20% cles
gear stays in chronizing
shifted po‐ point sec‐ • multiplexer
sition in ond gear - position = 1
spite of 10% syn‐ • desired main
control to chronizing pressure > 2
disengage point bar
measured
by a basic • no main
adjust‐ pressure
ment (sec‐ loss
ond gear
stays in • terminal 15
shifted po‐ voltage > 4 V
sition) con‐ for more than
trol gear‐ 500 ms
shift fork • battery volt‐
valve 4 >= age > 9 V for
5% more than
500 ms
• engine
speed > 600
rpm for more
than 500 ms

P0783 3-4 Shift • unable to • gearshift • gearshift • control safe‐ • 6000 • 2 driv‐
disengage fork of third fork posi‐ ty valve 1 ms ing cy‐
the third gear stays tion < syn‐ (ON) >= 20% cles
gear in shifted chronizing
position in point third • multiplexer
spite of gear - 10% position = 0
control to synchro‐ • desired main
disengage nizing pressure > 2
point bar
measured
by a basic • no main
adjust‐ pressure
ment (third loss
gear stays
in shifted • terminal 15
position) voltage > 4 V
control for more than
gearshift 500 ms
fork valve • battery volt‐
1 >= 5% age > 9 V for
more than
500 ms
• engine
speed > 600
rpm for more
than 500 ms

3. Diagnosis and Testing 123

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DQ-250 6F 02E
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
P0784 4-5 Shift • unable to • gearshift • gearshift • control safe‐ • 6000 • 2 driv‐
disengage fork of fork posi‐ ty valve 2 ms ing cy‐
the fourth fourth gear tion > syn‐ (ON) >= 20% cles
gear stays in chronizing
shifted po‐ point • multiplexer
sition in fourth gear position = 1
spite of + 10% syn‐ • desired main
control to chronizing pressure > 2
disengage point bar
measured
by a basic • no main
adjust‐ pressure
ment loss
(fourth
gear stays • terminal 15
in shifted voltage > 4 V
position) for more than
control 500 ms
gearshift • battery volt‐
fork valve age > 9 V for
3 >= 5% more than
500 ms
• engine
speed > 600
rpm for more
than 500 ms

P0791 Inter‐ • signal • rotational • rotational • terminal 15 • 100 • 2 driv‐

mediate range speed of speed > voltage > 4 V ms ing cy‐
Shaft check input shaft 12000 rpm for more than cles
Speed 1 exceed a 500 ms
Sensor maximum
"A" Cir‐ value
cuit
OR
• rotational
speed of
input shaft
2 exceed a
maximum
value

124 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DQ-250 6F 02E
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
P0797 Pressure • short-circuit • compari‐ • actual • common • 300 • 2 driv‐
Control current son of ac‐ current>de‐ highside ms ing cy‐
Solenoid check tual valve sired cur‐ switch 3 on cles
"C" Stuck current rent and and not de‐
On with de‐ (actual cur‐ fect
sired valve rent- de‐
current of sired cur‐ • common
main pres‐ rent) > 200 highside
sure sole‐ mA for switch 1 and
noid valve more than 2 voltage >
300 ms 9.2 V
• common
highside
switches not
deactivated
by module 2
• terminal 15
voltage > 9 V
for more than
500 ms
• engine
speed > 500
rpm

P0829 5-6 Shift • unable to • gearshift • gearshift • control safe‐ • 6000 • 2 driv‐
disengage fork of fifth fork posi‐ ty valve 1 ms ing cy‐
the fifth gear stays tion > syn‐ (ON) >= 20% cles
gear in shifted chronizing
position in point fifth • multiplexer
spite of gear + position = 1
control to 10% syn‐ • desired main
disengage chronizing pressure > 2
point bar
measured
by a basic • no main
adjust‐ pressure
ment (fifth loss
gear stays
in shifted • terminal 15
position) voltage > 4 V
control for more than
gearshift 500 ms
fork valve • battery volt‐
2 >= 5% age > 9 V for
more than
500 ms
• engine
speed > 600
rpm for more
than 500 ms

3. Diagnosis and Testing 125

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DQ-250 6F 02E
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
• unable to • gearshift • gearshift • control safe‐
disengage fork of fork posi‐ ty valve 2
the sixth sixth gear tion > syn‐ (ON) >= 20%
gear stays in chronizing
shifted po‐ point sixth • multiplexer
sition in gear + position = 0
spite of 10% syn‐ • desired main
control to chronizing pressure > 2
disengage point bar
measured
by a basic • no main
adjust‐ pressure
ment (sixth loss
gear stays
in shifted • terminal 15
position) voltage > 4 V
control for more than
gearshift 500 ms
fork valve • battery volt‐
4 >= 5% age > 9 V for
more than
500 ms
• engine
speed > 600
rpm for more
than 500 ms

P0840 Trans‐ • signal • pressure • voltage < • 300 • 2 driv‐

mission range sensor 100 mV ms ing cy‐
Fluid check voltage cles
Pressure clutch 1 OR
Sensor/ out of plau‐ • voltage >
Switch sibility 4900 mV
"A" Cir‐ range
cuit
P0841 Trans‐ • overpres‐ • hydraulic • pres‐ • signal range • 1000 • 2 driv‐
mission sure moni‐ pressure sure>= check is cor‐ ms ing cy‐
Fluid toring of clutch 1 15.5 bar rect cles
Pressure exceeds a
Sensor/ maximum • terminal 15
Switch value voltage > 4 V
"A" Cir‐ for more than
cuit 500 ms
Range/ • battery volt‐
Perform‐ age > 9 V for
ance more than
500 ms
• engine
speed > 500
rpm

P0845 Trans‐ • pressure • pressure • voltage < • 300 • 2 driv‐

mission sensor volt‐ sensor 100 mV ms ing cy‐
Fluid age clutch 2 voltage cles
Pressure out of plau‐ clutch 1 OR
Sensor/ sibility out of plau‐ • voltage >
Switch range sibility 4900 mV
"B" Cir‐ range
cuit

126 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DQ-250 6F 02E
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
P0846 Trans‐ • overpres‐ • hydraulic • pressure • signal range • 80 ms • 2 driv‐
mission sure moni‐ pressure >= 15.5 check is cor‐ ing cy‐
Fluid toring of clutch 2 bar rect cles
Pressure exceeds a
Sensor/ maximum • terminal 15
Switch value voltage > 4 V
"B" Cir‐ for more than
cuit 500 ms
Range/ • battery volt‐
Perform‐ age > 9 V for
ance more than
500 ms
• engine
speed > 500
rpm

P0864 TCM • buss off de‐ • terminal 15 • 1000 • 2 driv‐

Commu‐ tection of voltage > 9 V ms ing cy‐
nication the micro‐ for more than cles
Circuit controller 500 ms
Range/
Perform‐ • > 500 ms af‐
ance ter reset

P0890 TCM • short-circuit • Detection • current > • terminal 15 • 200 • 2 driv‐

Power current by hard‐ 8.5 A voltage > 4 V ms ing cy‐
Relay check ware cir‐ for more than cles
Sense cuit 500 ms
Circuit
Low
P0914 Gear • time out de‐ • if time out • time out • gear mes‐ • 300 • 2 driv‐
Shift Po‐ tection of of the threshold sage for se‐ ms ing cy‐
sition Cir‐ the ques‐ question > 100 ms lector lever is cles
cuit tion and an‐ and an‐ transmittable
swer diag‐ swer diag‐ and selector
nosis nosis is lever mes‐
detected sage is re‐
increment ceivable
an event
counter • no failure of
selector lev‐
er CAN mes‐
sages
• time after
Reset > 100
ms
• terminal 15
voltage > 4 V
for more than
500 ms

3. Diagnosis and Testing 127

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DQ-250 6F 02E
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
• plausibility • selector • selector • no bus off er‐ • 1000
check of se‐ lever posi‐ lever posi‐ ror ms
lector lever tion is not tion = Posi‐
equal to tion 1 or • no error fail‐
negation of Position 2 ure of all
the inverse or Position CAN mes‐
selector 3 or Posi‐ sages
lever posi‐ tion 4 or • no failure of
tion Position L selector lev‐
OR er CAN mes‐
• selector sages
lever posi‐ • time after
tion equals Reset > 1100
initializa‐ ms
tion value
• terminal 15
OR voltage > 9 V
• selector for more than
lever posi‐ 1100 ms
tion equals
error value
OR
• selector
lever posi‐
tion is
equal to
negation of
the inverse
selector
lever posi‐
tion but no
valid posi‐
tion

• question • failure of • 1500

and answer question ms
diagnosis and an‐
swer diag‐
nosis

P0919 Gear • evaluation • error flag • no failure of • 20 ms • 2 driv‐

Shift Po‐ the error of not de‐ selector lev‐ ing cy‐
sition signal of se‐ terminable er CAN mes‐ cles
Control lector lever selector sages
Error CAN mes‐ lever posi‐
sage tion is set • terminal 15
voltage > 4 V
for more than
500 ms
• battery volt‐
age > 9 V for
more than
500 ms
• engine
speed > 500
rpm

128 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DQ-250 6F 02E
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
• validity • if the se‐ • no failure of
check of se‐ lector lever selector lev‐
lector lever position is er CAN mes‐
position equal to sages
negation of
the inverse • terminal 15
selector voltage > 4 V
lever posi‐ for more than
tion but is 500 ms
not valid
(position =
L, P4, P3,
P2, or P1)
AND
• is not in er‐
ror state
(position !=
error)
AND
• initializa‐
tion value
with the in‐
itialization
flag not set
then incre‐
ment an
event
counter

• error detec‐ • if the an‐ • no failure of • 100

tion of the swer of the selector lev‐ ms
question diagnosis er CAN mes‐
and answer is wrong sages
diagnosis an event
counter is • terminal 15
incremen‐ voltage > 4 V
ted for more than
500 ms

3. Diagnosis and Testing 129

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DQ-250 6F 02E
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
• plausibility • if the se‐ • no failure of • 400
check of se‐ lector lever selector lev‐ ms
lector lever position is er CAN mes‐
position not equal sages
to negation
of the in‐ • terminal 15
verse se‐ voltage > 4 V
lector lever for more than
position 500 ms

OR • battery volt‐
• selector age > 9 V for
lever posi‐ more than
tion equals 500 ms
initializa‐ • engine
tion value speed > 500
but the ini‐ rpm
tialization
flag is not
set
OR
• selector
lever posi‐
tion equals
error value
then incre‐
ment an
event
counter

P0929 Gear • validity • if the shift‐ • no failure of • 20 ms • 2 driv‐

Shift Lock check of lock posi‐ selector lev‐ ing cy‐
Solenoid/ shiftlock po‐ tion signal er CAN mes‐ cles
Actuator sition signal is not valid sages
Control (position !=
Circuit error, de‐ • terminal 15
"A" active, ac‐ voltage > 4 V
Range/ tive or init) for more than
Perform‐ increment 500 ms
ance an event
counter

P2711 Unexpec‐ • unable to • the num‐ • coun‐ • battery volt‐ • 0 ms • 2 driv‐

ted Me‐ engage a ber of suc‐ ter>=6 age > 9 V for ing cy‐
chanical gear on cessive more than cles
Gear Dis‐ shaft 1 engage‐ 500 ms
engage‐ ments of
ment the same • engine
gear on speed > 600
shaft 1 ex‐ rpm for more
ceeds a than 500 ms
maximum
value

130 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DQ-250 6F 02E
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
• unable to • the num‐
engage a ber of suc‐
gear on cessive
shaft 2 engage‐
ments of
the same
gear on
shaft 2 ex‐
ceeds a
maximum
value

• detect dis‐ • In spite of • counter >3 • battery volt‐

engage‐ a constant age > 9 V for
ment of desired more than
gears on gear dis‐ 500 ms
shaft 1 with‐ engage‐
out control ment • engine
counter speed > 600
exceeds a rpm for more
maximum than 500 ms
value • output speed
>= 12 rpm
• detect dis‐ • In spite of
engage‐ a constant
ment of desired
gears on gear dis‐
shaft 2 with‐ engage‐
out control ment
counter
exceeds a
maximum
value

3. Diagnosis and Testing 131

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DQ-250 6F 02E
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
P2723 Pressure • open-circuit • residual • residual • common • 300 • 2 driv‐
Control check current of current <= highside ms ing cy‐
Solenoid gearbox 150 mA switch 1 on, cles
"E" Per‐ subsystem (supply not defect
for‐ 1 (total voltage at and voltage
mance/ current at common > 9.2 V
Stuck Off common highside
highside 1=7 V) 300 • gearbox sub‐
switch 1 – mA (sup‐ system 1 ac‐
actual cur‐ ply voltage tive
rent of at common • common
clutch 1) is highside highside
smaller 1=13 V) switches not
than a min‐ deactivated
imum val‐ by module 2
ue
• change of
supply volt‐
age < 1 V
• duty factor of
control gear‐
shift fork
valve 1 and 2
<= 10%
• duty factor of
safety valve
1 >= 53%
and steady
state time >=
50 ms
• terminal 15
voltage > 9 V
for more than
500 ms
• engine
speed > 500
rpm

132 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DQ-250 6F 02E
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
P2732 Pressure • open-circuit • residual • residual • common • 300 • 2 driv‐
Control check current of current <= highside ms ing cy‐
Solenoid gearbox 150 mA switch 2 on, cles
"F" Per‐ subsystem (supply not defect
for‐ 2 (total voltage at and voltage
mance/ current at common > 9.2 V
Stuck Off common highside
highside 2=7 V) 300 • gearbox sub‐
switch 2 – mA (sup‐ system 2 ac‐
actual cur‐ ply voltage tive
rent of at common • common
clutch 2) is highside highside
smaller 2=13 V) switches not
than a min‐ deactivated
imum val‐ by module 2
ue
• change of
supply volt‐
age < 1 V
• duty factor of
control gear‐
shift fork
valve 3 and
<= 10%
• duty factor of
safety valve
2 >= 53%
and steady
state time >=
50 ms
• terminal 15
voltage > 9 V
for more than
500 ms
• engine
speed > 500
rpm

DQ-250 6F 02E
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
U010 Lost • Timeout • failure of • time-out • no bus off er‐ • 490 • 2 driv‐
0 Commu‐ Check all CAN for more ror ms ing cy‐
nication engine than 490 cles
With messages ms • no error fail‐
ECM/ ure of all
PCM "A" CAN mes‐
sages
• terminal 15
voltage > 9 V
for more than
500 ms
• >500 ms af‐
ter reset

3. Diagnosis and Testing 133

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

DQ-250 6F 02E
DTC Fault Monitor Strat‐ Malfunction Threshold Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequen‐
Code De‐ egy Descrip‐ Criteria Value rameters with ing Time cy of
scription tion Enable Condi‐ Length checks,
tions MIL Illum
• failure of • time-out • no bus off er‐ • 1010
one or for more ror ms
more CAN than 1010
engine ms • no error fail‐
messages ure of all
(but not all CAN mes‐
CAN en‐ sages
gine mes‐ • no error fail‐
sages) ure of all
CAN engine
messages
• terminal 15
voltage > 9 V
for more than
500 ms
• >500 ms af‐
ter reset

• failure of • time-out • terminal 15 • 2080

all CAN for more voltage > 9 V ms
messages than 2080 for more than
but gear‐ ms 500 ms
box is still
in position • >500 ms af‐
to send ter reset

U010 Lost • Timeout • failure of • time-out • kein Bus off • 490 • 2 driv‐
3 Commu‐ Check selector for more Fehler no ms ing cy‐
nication lever CAN than 490 bus off error cles
With messages ms
Gear • no error fail‐
Shift ure of all
Control CAN mes‐
Module sages
"A" • terminal 15
voltage > 9 V
for more than
500 ms,
>500 ms af‐
ter reset

U040 Invalid • evaluation • if the value • maximum • no failure of • 50 ms • 2 driv‐

4 Data Re‐ of selector of mes‐ change of selector lev‐ ing cy‐
ceived lever CAN sage coun‐ message er CAN mes‐ cles
From message ter is per‐ counter > 5 sages
Gear counter manent
Shift constant or • terminal 15
Control change ex‐ voltage > 4 V
Module ceeds a for more than
"A" threshold 500 ms
increment
an event
counter

134 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

3.6 Diagnostic Procedures

⇒ “3.6.1 Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205 , Checking”,
page 136
⇒ “3.6.2 Camshaft Position Sensor G40 , Checking”, page 138
⇒ “3.6.3 Speedometer G21 , Checking”, page 140
⇒ “3.6.4 CAN Bus Terminal Resistance, Checking”, page 141
⇒ “3.6.5 LIN-Bus Circuit, Checking”, page 143
⇒ “3.6.6 Catalytic Converter, Checking”, page 146
⇒ “3.6.7 Turbocharger, G-Charger”, page 147
⇒ “3.6.8 Charge Air Pressure Sensor G31 , Checking”,
page 147
⇒ “3.6.9 Turbocharger Recirculation Valve N249 , Checking”,
page 149
⇒ “3.6.10 Wastegate Bypass Regulator Valve N75 , Checking”,
page 151
⇒ “3.6.11 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor G62 , Checking”,
page 153
⇒ “3.6.12 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor On Radiator Out‐
let G83 , Checking”, page 157
⇒ “3.6.13 Engine Speed Sensor G28 , Checking”, page 160
⇒ “3.6.14 EVAP canister purge regulator valve 1 N80 , Checking”,
page 161
⇒ “3.6.15 Evaporative System, Checking for Leaks”, page 164
⇒ “3.6.16 Fuel Injectors, Checking”, page 165
⇒ “3.6.17 Fuel Pressure Sensor G247 , Checking”, page 168
⇒ “3.6.18 Fuel Pressure Regulator Valve N276 , Checking”, page
169
⇒ “3.6.20 Fuel Pump Delivery Quantity, Checking”, page 173
⇒ “3.6.21 Fuel Pressure Test”, page 175
⇒ “3.6.22 Fuel Pump Electrical, Testing”, page 176
⇒ “3.6.23 Ignition Coil with Power Output Stage, Checking”, page
178
⇒ “3.6.24 Ambient Air Temperature Sensor G17 , Checking”,
page 181
⇒ “3.6.25 Intake Air Temperature Sensor G42 , Checking”, page
183
⇒ “3.6.26 Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor G336 , Check‐
ing”, page 184
⇒ “3.6.27 Intake Manifold Runner Control Valve N316 I, Check‐
ing”, page 186
⇒ “3.6.28 Knock Sensor 1 G61 , Checking”, page 188
⇒ “3.6.29 Leak Detection Pump V144 , Checking”, page 189
⇒ “3.6.30 Mass Airflow Sensor G70 , Checking”, page 192
⇒ “3.6.31 Heated Oxygen Sensor G39 , Checking”, page 194
⇒ “3.6.32 Oxygen Sensor After Three Way Catalytic Converter
G130 , Checking”, page 196

3. Diagnosis and Testing 135

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

⇒ “3.6.33 Oxygen Sensor Heater Z19 , Checking”, page 199

⇒ “3.6.34 Heater For Oxygen Sensor 1 After Catalytic Converter
Z29 , Checking”, page 201
⇒ “3.6.35 TCM to ECM CAN Bus Terminal Resistance, Check‐
ing”, page 204
⇒ “3.6.36 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor G79 and Accelera‐
tor Pedal Position Sensor 2 G185 , Checking”, page 206
⇒ “3.6.37 Throttle Valve Control Module J338 , Checking”, page
208
⇒ “3.6.38 Voltage Supply, Checking”, page 211

3.6.1 Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 - N205- ,

Checking
Observe all safety precautions:
⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 2
View clean working conditions:
⇒ “1.2 Clean Working Conditions”, page 4
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component
with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views,
Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter
♦ Wiring diagram
Test requirements
• The Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 - N205- fuse OK.
• Motronic Engine Control Module Power Supply Relay - J271-
OK .
• Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
• All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window de‐
froster, switched off.
• Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into
position “P” or “N”.
• A/C switched off.
• Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/
chassis OK.
• Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
– Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint.
Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 9
Start diagnosis
– Remove the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate
repair manual.
– Disconnect Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 - N205- electrical
harness connector -1-.
– Using a Multimeter, check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 -
N205- for resistance.
Specified value: 5.0 to 9.0 Ω (at approximately 20° C)

136 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

If the specified value was Not obtained:

– Replace the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 - N205- . Refer to
appropriate repair manual.
– Go to Final procedures
If the specified value was obtained:
Checking voltage
– Switch the ignition on.
– Using a Multimeter, Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1
- N205- electrical harness connector terminal 1 to engine
ground for voltage.
– Switch the ignition off.
Specified value: battery voltage.
If the specified value was Not obtained:
– Check the wiring connections for an open circuit, short circuit
to Ground
– Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or
broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection and replace
any fuse if blown
– Go to Final procedures
If the specified value was obtained:
Checking wiring
– Remove the Engine Control Module - J623 - . Refer to appro‐
priate repair manual.
– Using a Multimeter, Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1
- N205- electrical harness connector terminal 2 to the Engine
Control Module - J623- electrical harness connector T60 ter‐
minal 60 for an open circuit.
Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 - N205 - electrical Engine Control Module - J623- electrical harness connector
harness connector terminal T60 terminal socket
2 60

Specified value: 1.5 Ω Max.

If the specified value was Not obtained:
– Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit
to Battery positive or Ground
– Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or
broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
– Go to Final procedures
If the specified value was obtained:
– With the Engine Control Module - J623- Connectors still un‐
plugged. Refer to appropriate repair manual.
– Use a Multimeter, Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 -
N205- electrical harness connector terminal 2 to engine
ground for continuity
If Specified value is 1.5 Ω or less

3. Diagnosis and Testing 137

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

– Check the wiring connection for a short circuit to Engine

Ground
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring or connection, If no faults
were found Replace the Engine Control Module - J623- . Refer
to appropriate repair manual.
Final procedures
– Reinstall the engine cover with air filter, if necessary. Refer to
the appropriate repair manual.
– After the repair work, the following work steps must be per‐
formed in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”,
page 15 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”,
page 16 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code”, page 9 .

3.6.2 Camshaft Position Sensor - G40- ,

Checking
Observe all safety precautions:
⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 2
View clean working conditions:
⇒ “1.2 Clean Working Conditions”, page 4
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component
with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views,
Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter
♦ Wiring diagram
Test requirements
• The Engine Control Module - J623- fuses OK.
• Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
• All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window de‐
froster, switched off.
• Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into
position “P” or “N”.
• A/C switched off.
• Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/
chassis OK.
• Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
– Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint.
Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 9
Start diagnosis
– Remove the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate
repair manual.

138 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

– Disconnect the Camshaft Position Sensor - G40- electrical

harness connector -1-.
– Switch the ignition on.
– Using a Multimeter, Check the Camshaft Position Sensor -
G40- electrical harness connector terminals 1 to 3 for voltage.
Specified value: near 5.0 V
– Switch the ignition off.
Continue test according to the following table:
Value Cause Test
If the specified value was not ob‐ Open or shorted circuit ⇒ page 139
tained:
If the specified value was obtained: Check reference signal circuit ⇒ page 139

Checking wiring
– Remove the Engine Control Module - J623- . Refer to appro‐
priate repair manual.
– Using a Multimeter, Check the Camshaft Position Sensor -
G40- electrical harness connector to the Engine Control Mod‐
ule - J623- electrical harness connector T60 for an open
circuit.
Camshaft Position Sensor - G40- electrical harness Engine Control Module - J623- electrical harness
connector terminals connector T60 terminals sockets
1 29
3 8

Specified value: 1.5 Ω Max.

If the specified value was Not obtained:
– Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit
to Battery positive or Ground
– Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or
broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
– Go to Final procedures
If the specified value was obtained:
– If no faults were found Replace the Engine Control Module -
J623 - . Refer to appropriate repair manual.
– Go to Final procedures
Checking wiring
– Remove the Engine Control Module - J623- . Refer to appro‐
priate repair manual.
– Using a Multimeter, Check the Camshaft Position Sensor -
G40- electrical harness connector to the Engine Control Mod‐
ule - J623- electrical harness connector T60 for an open
circuit.
Camshaft Position Sensor - G40- electrical harness Engine Control Module - J623- electrical harness
connector terminals connector T60 terminals sockets
2 54

3. Diagnosis and Testing 139

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

Specified value: 1.5 Ω Max.

If the specified value was Not obtained:
– Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit
to Battery positive or Ground
– Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or
broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
– Go to Final procedures
If the specified value was obtained:
– Replace the Camshaft Position Sensor - G40- . Refer to ap‐
propriate repair manual.
Final procedures
– Reinstall the engine cover with air filter, if necessary. Refer to
the appropriate repair manual.
– After the repair work, the following work steps must be per‐
formed in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”,
page 15 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”,
page 16 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code
⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code”, page 9 .

3.6.3 Speedometer - G21- , Checking

The following procedure requires a test drive. Observe all safety
precautions.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter.
♦ Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
• The Speedometer - G21- OK.
• The Engine Control Module - J623- fuses OK.
• Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
• All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window de‐
froster, switched off.
• A/C switched off.
• Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/
chassis OK.
• Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
– Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint.
Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 9
Start diagnosis
– Connect the scan tool.

140 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

– Perform a road test with a vehicle speed greater than 20 km/

h.
– Using the scan tool, Check the vehicle speed:
Diagnostic text Specified value
Vehicle Speed Approximate Vehicle Speed

– Compare the vehicle speed on the scan tool to the Speedom‐

eter - G21 - .
Specified value: a difference of no greater than 10%.
If the specified value was Not obtained:
– Check the wiring from the Engine Control Module - J623- to
the Instrument Cluster Control Module - J285- for an open cir‐
cuit, Short to Battery (+), or to Ground (GND).
– Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or
broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
Final procedures
– After the repair work, the following work steps must be per‐
formed in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”,
page 15 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”,
page 16 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code”, page 9 .

3.6.4 CAN Bus Terminal Resistance, Check‐

ing
Observe all safety precautions:
⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 2
View clean working conditions:
⇒ “1.2 Clean Working Conditions”, page 4
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component
with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views,
Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter
♦ Wiring diagram
Test requirement
• A CAN-Bus malfunction was recognized.
• The Engine Control Module - J623- fuses OK.
• Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
• All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window de‐
froster, switched off.

3. Diagnosis and Testing 141

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

• Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into

position “P” or “N”.
• A/C switched off.
• Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/
chassis OK.
• Ignition switched off.
Function
The Engine Control Module - J623- communicates with other
CAN-Bus capable control modules.
The control modules are connected by two data bus wires which
are twisted together (CAN-Bus High and CAN-Bus Low), and ex‐
change information (messages). Missing information on the CAN-
bus is recognized as a malfunction by the Engine Control Module
- J623- and the other control modules connected to the CAN-Bus.
Trouble-free operation of the CAN-Bus requires that it have a ter‐
minal resistance. This central terminal resistance is located in the
Engine Control Module - J623- .
Test procedure
– Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint.
Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 9
Start diagnosis
– Disconnect the Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface -
J533- electrical harness connector.

Note

The Engine Control Module - J623- must remain connected for

the following step.

– Using a Multimeter, check the Data Bus On Board Diagnostic

Interface - J533- electrical harness connector terminals 6 to
16 for resistance.
Specified value: 60 to 72 Ω (at approximately. 20° C)
If the specified value was Not obtained:
– Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or
broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
– If No malfunctions were found replace the Replace the Engine
Control Module - J623- . Refer to appropriate repair manual.
– Go to Final procedures
If the specified value was obtained:
Checking wiring
– Remove the Engine Control Module - J623- . Refer to the ap‐
propriate repair manual.
– Using a Multimeter, check the Data Bus On Board Diagnostic
Interface - J533- electrical harness connector to the Engine
Control Module - J623- electrical harness connector T94 for
resistance.
Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Engine Control Module - J623-
Interface - J533- electrical har‐ electrical connector T94 termi‐
ness connector terminals nals sockets
6 (Can-Bus Low) 67

142 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Engine Control Module - J623-

Interface - J533- electrical har‐ electrical connector T94 termi‐
ness connector terminals nals sockets
16 (Can-Bus High) 68
Specified value: 1.5 Ω Max.
If the specified value was Not obtained:
– Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit
to Battery positive or Ground
– Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or
broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
– Go to Final procedures
If the specified value was obtained:
– Replace the Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface - J533- .
Refer to appropriate repair manual.
Final procedures
– Reinstall the engine cover with air filter, if necessary. Refer to
the appropriate repair manual.
– After the repair work, the following work steps must be per‐
formed in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”,
page 15 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”,
page 16 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code”, page 9 .

3.6.5 LIN-Bus Circuit, Checking

Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter.
♦ Wiring diagram.
Test requirement
• A LIN Bus malfunction was recognized.
• The Engine Control Module - J623- fuses OK.
• Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
• All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window de‐
froster, switched off.
• Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into
position “P” or “N”.
• A/C switched off.
• Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/
chassis OK.
• Ignition switched off.
Function
The Engine Control Module (ECM) is connected to the Radiator
Identification Sensor - G611- module by one LIN data Bus wire.
Radiator I.D. and a temperature signal are sent on the LIN bus to

3. Diagnosis and Testing 143

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

the ECM. If the information from the RIS module was not sent or
cannot be read, the ECM will store a fault code.
Test procedure
– Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint.
Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 9
Start diagnosis
– Disconnect the Radiator Identification Sensor - G611- electri‐
cal harness connector.
– Turn the ignition switch ON.
– Using a Multimeter, connect the red Multimeter lead to termi‐
nal 3 of the Radiator Identification Sensor - G611- sensor
connector and the black lead to engine ground.
Specified value: Battery voltage.
– Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was Not obtained:
– Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or
broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
– Check for an open or grounded circuit between terminal 3 and
fuse SB15.
– Repair the circuit and replace any open fuses.
– Go to Final procedures
If the specified value was obtained:

Note

The Engine Control Module - J623- must remain connected for

the following step.

– Connect the Multimeter black lead to terminal 1 and the Mul‐

timeter red lead to terminal 3 of the Radiator Identification
Sensor - G611- harness connector.
– Turn the ignition switch ON.
Specified value: Battery voltage.
– Switch the ignition off.
– Continue test according to the following table:
Value Cause Test
If the specified value was not ob‐ Open or shorted circuit ⇒ page 144
tained:
If the specified value was obtained: Check reference signal circuit ⇒ page 145

Checking wiring
– Remove the Engine Control Module - J623 - . Refer to appro‐
priate repair manual.
– Using a Multimeter, check the Radiator Identification Sensor -
G611- electrical harness connector to the Engine Control
Module - J623- electrical harness connector T94 for resist‐
ance.

144 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

Radiator Identification Sensor - G611- electrical har‐ Engine Control Module - J623- electrical harness con‐
ness connector. nector T94 terminals sockets
1 52

Specified value: 1.5 Ω Max.

If the specified value was Not obtained:
– Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit
to Battery positive or Ground
– Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or
broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
– Go to Final procedures
If the specified value was obtained:
– With the Engine Control Module - J623- . Refer to appropriate
repair manual.
– Use a Multimeter, Check the Radiator Identification Sensor -
G611- electrical harness connector terminal 1 to engine
ground for continuity
If Specified value is 1.5 Ω or less
– Check the wiring connection for a short circuit to Engine
Ground
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring or connection, If no faults
were found Replace the Engine Control Module - J623- . Refer
to appropriate repair manual.
– Go to Final procedures
Checking wiring
– Remove the Engine Control Module - J623- . Refer to appro‐
priate repair manual.
– Using a Multimeter, check the Radiator Identification Sensor -
G611- electrical harness connector to the Engine Control
Module - J623- electrical harness connector T94 for resist‐
ance.
Radiator Identification Sensor - Engine Control Module - J623-
G611- electrical harness con‐ electrical connector T94 termi‐
nector terminals nals sockets
2 64
Specified value: 1.5 Ω Max.
If the specified value was Not obtained:
– Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit
to Battery positive or Ground
– Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or
broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
– Go to Final procedures
If the specified value was obtained:
– Replace the Radiator Identification Sensor - G611- (with radi‐
ator assembly). Refer to the appropriate repair manual.

3. Diagnosis and Testing 145

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

Final procedures
– Reinstall the engine cover with air filter, if necessary. Refer to
the appropriate repair manual.
– After the repair work, the following work steps must be per‐
formed in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”,
page 15 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”,
page 16 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code”, page 9 .

3.6.6 Catalytic Converter, Checking

Observe all safety precautions:
⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 2
View clean working conditions:
⇒ “1.2 Clean Working Conditions”, page 4
Prior to repair work, perform a preliminary check to verify the con‐
dition. Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 9 .
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Generic scan tool
Test requirements
• Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
• Oxygen Sensors OK.
• No leaks or damage to exhaust system.
Function test
– Perform the function test in Diagnostic Mode 06. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.6 Diagnostic Mode 06 - Read Test Results for Specific
Diagnostic Functions”, page 17 .
– End diagnosis and switch the ignition off.
If the specified values are exceeded:
– Check the exhaust system for leaks.
– If necessary, repair the leak in the exhaust system.
– Erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”,
page 16 .
– Perform a road test to verify Repair.
If the DTC does not return:
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code”, page 9 .
– End diagnosis.
If no leaks are found in the exhaust system:
– Replace the catalytic converter with front exhaust pipe. Refer
to the appropriate repair manual.
Final procedures
– After the repair work, the following work steps must be per‐
formed in the following sequence:

146 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to

⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”,
page 15 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”,
page 16 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code”, page 9 .

3.6.7 Turbocharger, G-Charger

Note

♦ Charge air system must be properly sealed.

♦ Always replace self-locking nuts.
♦ Charge air hoses and pipes as well as their connections must
be free of oil and grease before re-installing.
♦ Do not assemble charge air hoses and lines with lubricants
containing oils, only coat with water (without additives) if nec‐
essary.
♦ Note installation marks on hoses and components.
♦ All hose connections for charge air system are secured by
spring-type clamps or by connector couplings.
♦ Install only approved clamps for securing hose connections .
♦ Pliers for spring clamps or hose clamp pliers are recommen‐
ded for installing spring clamps.
♦ For connector couplings, always note the following points:
– Disengage connector coupling by pulling securing clip
-arrow-.
– Disconnect hose and pipe without the assistance of tools.
– When assembling, make sure the retaining tabs -A- are en‐
gaged securely.
Before screwing on oil supply line, fill turbocharger with engine oil
at filler tube.
After installing turbocharger, let engine idle for approximately 1
minute without increasing engine speed. This ensures adequate
oil supply to the turbocharger.

3.6.8 Charge Air Pressure Sensor - G31- ,

Checking
Function
The Charge Air Pressure Sensor - G31- is located in the inlet to
the intake manifold. The Engine Control Module - J623- uses the
sensor’s signal to regulate the charge air pressure. There is no
substitute function in the event of signal failure. Charge air pres‐
sure regulation is shut off, leading to a significant reduction in
engine output.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter
♦ Wiring Diagram
♦ Scan Tool

3. Diagnosis and Testing 147

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

Test requirements
• Fuses OK.
• Battery voltage OK
• Switch OFF all electrical and electronic accessories.
• Vehicles with Auto. Transmission, ensure Selector Lever po‐
sition is in “P”.
• Vehicles with Man. Transmission, ensure Shifter Lever posi‐
tion is in “N” with Parking Brake applied.
• Coolant Temperature: ≥ 80 °C.
• Observe all safety precautions:
⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 2
• View clean working conditions:
⇒ “1.2 Clean Working Conditions”, page 4
Test Procedure
Step Procedure Result / Action to Take
1 • PERFORM: Preliminary Check to verify the ♦ YES:
customers complaint. Refer to
⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 9 ♦ Go to Step 2 ⇒ page 148

– Was complaint verified? ♦ NO:

♦ Gather more Information from customer about
the complaint

2 • DISCONNECT: Charge Air Pressure Sensor - ♦ YES:

G31- electrical connector
♦ Go to Step 3 ⇒ page 148
• IGNITION: ON
♦ NO:
• CHECK: Charge Air Pressure Sensor - G31-
wiring connector terminals 1 to 3 for voltage ♦ Go to Step 4 ⇒ page 149

• SPECIFIED VALUE: About 5.0 V

• IGNITION: OFF
– Was value obtained?
3 • REMOVE: Engine Control Module - J623- . ♦ YES:
Refer to appropriate service manual.
♦ REPLACE: Charge Air Pressure Sensor -
• CHECK: Charge Air Pressure Sensor - G31- G31- . Refer to appropriate repair manual.
electrical connector terminals 4 to the Engine
Control Module - J623- electrical connector ter‐ ♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 149
minals T60 / 39. ♦ NO:
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 0.5 Ω (± 0.3 Ω) ♦ CHECK: wiring for open, high resistance, short
– Was value obtained? or electrical connector for damage, corrosion,
loose or broken terminals
♦ REPAIR: faulty wiring or connector
♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 149

148 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

Step Procedure Result / Action to Take

4 • REMOVE: Engine Control Module - J623- . ♦ YES:
Refer to appropriate service manual.
♦ REPLACE Engine Control Module - J623- Re‐
• CHECK: Charge Air Pressure Sensor - G31- fer to appropriate repair manual
electrical connector terminals 1 to the Engine
Control Module - J623- electrical connector ter‐ ♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 149
minals T60 / 13. ♦ NO:
• CHECK: Charge Air Pressure Sensor - G31- ♦ CHECK: wiring for open, high resistance, short
electrical connector terminals 3 to the Engine or electrical connector for damage, corrosion,
Control Module - J623- electrical connector ter‐ loose or broken terminals
minals T60 / 27.
♦ REPAIR: faulty wiring or connector
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 0.5 Ω (± 0.3 Ω)
♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 149
– Was value obtained?
5 • Final Procedure ♦ YES:
• Perform a road test to verify repair. ♦ Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC
• Do any DTC’s return: Memory”, page 15 .
♦ Perform the diagnostic procedure for that DTC.
♦ NO:
♦ Repair is complete, Generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code”, page 9 .
♦ Return vehicle to Customer

3.6.9 Turbocharger Recirculation Valve -

N249- , Checking
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter.
♦ Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
• The Engine Control Module - J623- fuses OK.
• Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
• All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window de‐
froster, switched off.
• On vehicles with automatic transmission, selector lever in po‐
sition “P” or “N”.
• A/C switched off.
• Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/
chassis OK.
• Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
– Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint.
Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 9
Start diagnosis
– Remove the engine cover with air filter. Refer to the appropri‐
ate repair manual.

3. Diagnosis and Testing 149

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

Checking internal resistance

– Disconnect the Turbocharger Recirculating Valve - N249-
electrical harness connector -2-.
– Using a Multimeter, check the Turbocharger Recirculating
Valve - N249- terminals 1 to 2 for resistance.
Specified value: 13.6 +/- 5 Ω (at room temp.)
If the specified value was not obtained:
– Replace the Turbocharger Recirculating Valve - N249- . Refer
to the appropriate repair manual.
– Go to Final procedures
If the specified value was obtained:
Checking Voltage supply
– Using a Multimeter, check the Turbocharger Recirculating
Valve - N249- electrical harness connector terminal 1 to
Ground (GND).
Turbocharger Recirculating Valve - N249- electrical Measure to
harness connector terminal
1 Engine Ground (GND)

– Turn the ignition switch ON.

Specified value: battery voltage.
– Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained:
– Check for an open or grounded circuit between terminal 1 and
fuse SB24 in Fuse Panel B.
– Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or
broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
– Repair the circuit and replace any open fuses.
– Go to Final procedures
If the specified value was obtained:
Checking wiring
– Remove the Engine Control Module - J623- . Refer to the ap‐
propriate repair manual.
– Using a Multimeter, check the Turbocharger Recirculating
Valve - N249- electrical harness connector terminal 2 to En‐
gine Control Module - J623- electrical harness connector T60
terminal 50 for an open circuit.
Turbocharger Recirculating Valve - N249- electrical Engine Control Module - J623- electrical connector
harness connector terminal T60 terminal socket
2 50

Specified value: 1.5 Ω max.

If the specified value was not obtained:
– Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit
to Battery voltage or Ground

150 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,

loose or broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
– Go to Final procedures
If the specified value was obtained:
– With the Engine Control Module - J623- . Refer to appropriate
repair manual.
– Use a Multimeter, Check the Turbocharger Recirculating
Valve - N249- electrical harness connector terminal 2 to en‐
gine ground for continuity
- If Specified value is 1.5 Ω or less
– Check the wiring connection for a short circuit to Engine
Ground
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring or connection, If no faults
were found Replace the Engine Control Module - J623- . Refer
to appropriate repair manual.
Final procedures
– Reinstall the engine cover with air filter, if necessary. Refer to
the appropriate repair manual.
– After the repair work, the following work steps must be per‐
formed in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”,
page 15 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”,
page 16 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code”, page 9 .

3.6.10 Wastegate Bypass Regulator Valve -

N75- , Checking
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter.
♦ Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
• The Engine Control Module - J623- fuses OK.
• Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
• All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window de‐
froster, switched off.
• On vehicles with automatic transmission, selector lever in po‐
sition “P” or “N”.
• A/C switched off.
• Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/
chassis OK.
• Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
– Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint.
Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 9

3. Diagnosis and Testing 151

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

Start diagnosis
– Remove the engine cover with air filter. Refer to the appropri‐
ate repair manual.
Checking internal resistance
– Disconnect the Wastegate Bypass Regulator Valve - N75-
electrical harness connector -1-.
– Using a Multimeter, check the Wastegate Bypass Regulator
Valve - N75- terminals 1 to 2 for resistance.
Specified value: 20 to 30 Ω (at room temp.)
If the specified value was not obtained:
– Replace the Wastegate Bypass Regulator Valve - N75- . Refer
to the appropriate repair manual.
– Go to Final procedures
If the specified value was obtained:
Checking Voltage supply
– Using a Multimeter, check the Wastegate Bypass Regulator
Valve - N75- electrical harness connector terminal 1 to Ground
(GND).
Wastegate Bypass Regulator Valve - N75- electrical Measure to
harness connector terminal
1 Engine Ground (GND)

– Turn the ignition switch ON.

Specified value: battery voltage.
– Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained:
– Check for an open or grounded circuit between terminal 1 and
fuse SB24.
– Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or
broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
– Repair the circuit and replace any open fuses.
– Go to Final procedures
If the specified value was obtained:
– Remove the Engine Control Module - J623- . Refer to the ap‐
propriate repair manual.
– Using a Multimeter, check the Wastegate Bypass Regulator
Valve - N75- electrical harness connector terminal 2 to the
Engine Control Module - J623- electrical harness connector
T60 terminal 51 for an open circuit.
Wastegate Bypass Regulator Valve - N75- electrical Engine Control Module - J623- electrical connector
harness connector terminal T60 terminal socket
2 51

Specified value: 1.5 Ω max.

152 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

If the specified value was not obtained:

– Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit
to Battery voltage or Ground
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
loose or broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
– Go to Final procedures
If the specified value was obtained:
– With the Engine Control Module - J623- . Refer to appropriate
repair manual.
– Use a Multimeter, Check the Wastegate Bypass Regulator
Valve - N75- electrical harness connector terminal 2 to engine
ground for continuity
- If Specified value is 1.5 Ω or less
– Check the wiring connection for a short circuit to Engine
Ground
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring or connection, If no faults
were found Replace the Engine Control Module - J623- . Refer
to appropriate repair manual.
Final procedures
– Reinstall the engine cover with air filter, if necessary. Refer to
the appropriate repair manual.
– After the repair work, the following work steps must be per‐
formed in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”,
page 15 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”,
page 16 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code”, page 9 .

3.6.11 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor -

G62- , Checking
Observe all safety precautions:
⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 2
View clean working conditions:
⇒ “1.2 Clean Working Conditions”, page 4
Prior to repair work, perform a preliminary check to verify the con‐
dition. Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 9 .
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component
with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views,
Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Generic scan tool
♦ Multimeter
♦ Wiring diagram

3. Diagnosis and Testing 153

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

Test requirements
• The Engine Control Module - J623- fuses OK.
• Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
• All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window de‐
froster, switched off.
• Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into
position “P” or “N”.
• A/C switched off.
• Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/
chassis OK.
• Ignition switched off.
• Engine cold.
Test procedure
Start diagnosis
– Connect the scan tool.
– Switch the ignition on.
– Using the scan tool, check the coolant temperature:
Diagnostic text Specified value
Coolant temperature Approximate coolant temperature

If the specified value was not obtained:

– Continue test according to the following table:
Indicated Cause Test
approx. - 40.0° C Open circuit or short circuit to Bat‐ ⇒ page 155
tery Voltage
approx. 140.0° C Short circuit to Ground (GND) ⇒ page 156

If the specified value was obtained:

Checking internal resistance
– Disconnect the Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor - G62-
electrical harness connector.
– Using a Multimeter , check the Engine Coolant Temperature
Sensor - G62- terminals 1 to 2 for resistance.
Use the chart below for the specified values:
Specified values:
ECT Temperature vs Resistance
Temp (C) min. value ohms max. value ohms
- 40 36816 43714
- 35 28840 33978
- 25 17680 20530
- 15 10940 12534
-5 6897 7804
0 5535 6226
5 4443 4970

154 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

15 2923 3235
25 1978 2167
35 1369 1486
45 965 1039
55 692 738
65 503 533
75 372 392
85 279 292
95 213 223
105 164 172
115 127 134
125 99 106
135 78 84

If any of the specified value’s were not obtained:

– Replace the Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor - G62 - .
Refer to appropriate repair manual.
– Go to Final procedures
If the specified value was obtained:
– Replace the Engine Control Module - J623 - . Refer to appro‐
priate repair manual.
– Go to Final procedures
Testing if scan tool display is approximately - 40.0° C
– Disconnect the Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor - G62-
electrical harness connector.
– Using a jumper wire, connect the Engine Coolant Temperature
Sensor - G62- electrical harness connector terminals 1 to 2.
– Switch the ignition on.
– Check the value indicated on the scan tool display.
Specified value: scan tool display approximately 140.0° C
If the specified value was obtained:
– End diagnosis and switch the ignition off.
– Replace the Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor - G62- . Re‐
fer to appropriate repair manual.
– Go to Final procedures
If the specified value was not obtained:
Checking wiring
– Remove the Engine Control Module - J623- . Refer to appro‐
priate repair manual.
– Using a Multimeter, check the Engine Coolant Temperature
Sensor - G62- electrical harness connector terminals to the
Engine Control Module - J623- electrical harness connector
T60 terminals for an open circuit according to the wiring dia‐
gram.
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor - G62- electrical Engine Control Module - J623- electrical connector
harness connector terminals T60 terminals socket
1 57

3. Diagnosis and Testing 155

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor - G62- electrical Engine Control Module - J623- electrical connector
harness connector terminals T60 terminals socket
2 14

Specified value: 1.5 Ω Max.

If the specified value was not obtained:
– Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery voltage, or an
open circuit.
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
loose or broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
– Go to Final procedures
If the specified value was obtained:
– Replace the Engine Control Module - J623 - . Refer to appro‐
priate repair manual.
– Go to Final procedures
Testing if scan tool display approximately 140.0° C
– Disconnect the Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor - G62-
electrical harness connector .
– Switch the ignition on.
Specified value: scan tool display approximately -40.0° C
If the specified value was obtained:
– End diagnosis and switch ignition off.
– Replace the Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor - G62 - .
Refer to appropriate repair manual.
– Go to Final procedures
If the specified value was not obtained:
Checking wiring
– Remove the Engine Control Module - J623- . Refer to appro‐
priate repair manual.
– Using a Multimeter, check the Engine Coolant Temperature
Sensor - G62- electrical harness connector terminals to the
Engine Control Module - J623- electrical harness connector
T60 terminals for an open circuit according to the wiring dia‐
gram.
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor - G62- electrical Engine Control Module - J623- electrical connector
harness connector terminals T60 terminals socket
1 57
2 14

Specified value: 1.5 Ω Max.

If the specified value was not obtained:
– Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery voltage, or an
open circuit.
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
loose or broken terminals.

156 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.

– Go to Final procedures
If the specified value was obtained:
– Replace the Engine Control Module - J623- . Refer to appro‐
priate repair manual.
Final procedures
– Reinstall the engine cover with air filter, if necessary. Refer to
the appropriate repair manual.
– After the repair work, the following work steps must be per‐
formed in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”,
page 15 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”,
page 16 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code”, page 9 .

3.6.12 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor

On Radiator Outlet - G83- , Checking

WARNING

♦ Cooling system is under pressure.

♦ Danger of scalding when opening!

Note

Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing terminals in the

electrical harness connector of Engine Coolant Temperature
Sensor On Radiator Outlet - G83- .

Special tools and workshop equipment required

♦ Multimeter.
♦ Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
• The Engine Control Module - J623- fuses OK.
• Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
• All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window de‐
froster, switched off.
• Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into
position “P” or “N”.
• A/C switched off.
• Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/
chassis OK.
• Ignition switched off.
• Engine cold.

3. Diagnosis and Testing 157

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

Test procedure
– Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint.
Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 9 .
Engine must be at room temperature.
– Connect the scan tool.
– Switch the ignition on.
– Using the scan tool, check the coolant temperature:
Diagnostic text Specified value
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor On Radiator Out‐ Approx. ambient temperature
let - G83-

If the specified value was obtained:

– Start the engine and let it run at idle.
The temperature value must increase uniformly in increments of
approximately 1.0° C.
If the engine shows problems in certain temperature ranges and
if the temperature does not climb uniformly, the temperature sig‐
nal is intermittent.
– Replace the Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor On Radiator
Outlet - G83- . Refer to the Repair Manual.
Start diagnosis
Checking internal resistance
– Disconnect the Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor On Ra‐
diator Outlet - G83- electrical harness connector -1-.
– Using a Multimeter , check the Engine Coolant Temperature
Sensor On Radiator Outlet - G83- terminals 1 to 2 for resist‐
ance.
Use the chart below for the specified values:
Specified values:
ECT Temperature vs Resistance
Temp (C) min. value ohms max. value ohms
- 40 36816 43714
- 35 28840 33978
- 25 17680 20530
- 15 10940 12534
-5 6897 7804
0 5535 6226
5 4443 4970
15 2923 3235
25 1978 2167
35 1369 1486
45 965 1039
55 692 738
65 503 533
75 372 392
85 279 292
95 213 223

158 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

105 164 172

115 127 134
125 99 106
135 78 84

If any of the specified value was not obtained:

– Replace the Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor On Radiator
Outlet - G83- . Refer to the appropriate repair manual.
– Go to Final procedures
If the specified value was obtained:
Checking wiring
– Remove the Engine Control Module - J623- . Refer to the ap‐
propriate repair manual.
– Using a Multimeter , check the Engine Coolant Temperature
Sensor On Radiator Outlet - G83- electrical harness connector
terminals to the Engine Control Module - J623- electrical har‐
ness connector T94 terminals for an open circuit according to
the wiring diagram.
Engine Coolant Temperature Engine Control Module - J623-
Sensor On Radiator Outlet - electrical connector T94 termi‐
G83- electrical harness con‐ nals socket
nector terminals
1 36
2 12
Specified value: 1.5 Ω Max.
If the specified value was not obtained:
– Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery volt‐
age, and Ground (GND).
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
loose or broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
– Go to Final procedures
If the specified value was obtained:
– Replace the Engine Control Module - J623- . Refer to the ap‐
propriate repair manual.
Final procedures
– Reinstall the engine cover with air filter, if necessary. Refer to
the appropriate repair manual.
– After the repair work, the following work steps must be per‐
formed in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”,
page 15 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”,
page 16 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code”, page 9 .

3. Diagnosis and Testing 159

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

3.6.13 Engine Speed Sensor - G28- , Checking

Function
The Engine Speed Sensor - G28- detects rpm and reference
marks from a tooth wheel on the Crankshaft, without an engine
speed signal, the engine will not start. If the engine speed signal
fails while the engine is running, the engine will stop immediately.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter
♦ Wiring Diagram
♦ Scan Tool
Test requirements
• Fuses OK.
• Battery voltage OK
• Switch OFF all electrical and electronic accessories.
• Vehicles with Auto. Transmission, ensure Selector Lever po‐
sition is in “P”.
• Vehicles with Man. Transmission, ensure Shifter Lever posi‐
tion is in “N” with Parking Brake applied.
• Coolant Temperature: ≥ 80 °C.
• Observe all safety precautions:
⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 2
• View clean working conditions:
⇒ “1.2 Clean Working Conditions”, page 4
Test Procedure
Step Procedure Result / Action to Take
1 • PERFORM: Preliminary Check to verify the ♦ YES:
customers complaint. Refer to
⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 9 ♦ Go to Step 2 ⇒ page 160

– Was complaint verified? ♦ NO:

♦ Gather more Information from customer about
the complaint

2 • CONNECT: Scan Tool. ♦ YES:

• START or CRANK: Engine ♦ Go to Step 3 ⇒ page 160
• CHECK: Engine rpm ♦ NO:
• SPECIFIED VALUE: Cranking or Idle rpm ♦ Go to Step 4 ⇒ page 161
– Was value obtained?
3 • CONDITION: May be intermittent ♦ GO TO: Step 6 ⇒ page 161
• PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
component
• CHECK: wiring for open, high resistance, short
or electrical connector for damage, corrosion,
loose or broken terminals
• REPAIR: faulty wiring or connector

160 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

Step Procedure Result / Action to Take

4 • IGNITION: ON ♦ YES:
• DISCONNECT: Engine Speed Sensor - G28- ♦ REMOVE: Engine Speed Sensor - G28- . Re‐
electrical connector fer to appropriate repair manual.
• CHECK: Engine Speed Sensor - G28- wiring ♦ CHECK: Engine Speed Sensor - G28- wheel
connector terminals 1 to 2 for voltage for proper seating, damage and/or run - out.
Refer to appropriate repair manual.
• SPECIFIED VALUE: About 5.0 V
♦ Sensor wheel OK
• IGNITION: OFF
♦ REPLACE: Engine Speed Sensor - G28- . Re‐
– Was value obtained? fer to appropriate repair manual.
♦ GO TO: Step 6 ⇒ page 161
♦ NO:
♦ Go to Step 5 ⇒ page 161

5 • REMOVE: Engine Control Module - J623- . ♦ YES: REPLACE Engine Control Module -
Refer to appropriate service manual. J623- Refer to appropriate repair manual
• CHECK: Engine Speed Sensor - G28- electri‐ ♦ GO TO: Step 6 ⇒ page 161
cal connector terminals 1 to the Engine Control
Module - J623- electrical connector terminals ♦ NO:
T60 / 51. ♦ CHECK: wiring for open, high resistance, short
• CHECK: Engine Speed Sensor - G28- electri‐ or electrical connector for damage, corrosion,
cal connector terminals 2 to the Engine Control loose or broken terminals
Module - J623- electrical connector terminals ♦ REPAIR: faulty wiring or connector
T60 / 36.
♦ GO TO: Step 6 ⇒ page 161
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 0.5 Ω (± 0.3 Ω)
– Was value obtained?
6 • Final Procedure ♦ YES:
• Perform a road test to verify repair. ♦ Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC
• Do any DTC’s return: Memory”, page 15 .
♦ Perform the diagnostic procedure for that DTC.
♦ NO:
♦ Repair is complete, Generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code”, page 9 .
♦ Return vehicle to Customer

3.6.14 EVAP canister purge regulator valve 1 -

N80- , Checking
Observe all safety precautions:
⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 2
View clean working conditions:
⇒ “1.2 Clean Working Conditions”, page 4
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component
with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views,
Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter

3. Diagnosis and Testing 161

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

♦ Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
• The Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator
Valve - N80- fuse OK.
• The ignition switched off.

Note

Voltage for the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge

Regulator Valve - N80- is supplied via the Engine Component
Power Supply Relay - J757 - .

Test procedure
– Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint.
Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 9
Start diagnosis
– Remove the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate
repair manual.
– Disconnect the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge
Regulator Valve - N80- electrical harness connector -1-.
Checking internal resistance
– Using a Multimeter, check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP)
Canister Purge Regulator Valve - N80- terminals 1 and 2 for
resistance.
Specified value: 22.0 to 30.0 Ω.
If the specified value was not obtained:
– Replace the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge
Regulator Valve - N80- . Refer to the appropriate repair man‐
ual.
– Go to Final procedures
If the specified value was obtained:
Checking voltage supply
– Using a Multimeter, check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP)
Canister Purge Regulator Valve - N80- electrical harness con‐
nector terminal 1 to Ground (GND).
Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve - N80- Measure to
electrical harness connector terminal
1 Engine Ground (GND)

– Start the Engine.

Specified value: battery voltage.
– Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained:
– Check for an open or grounded circuit between terminal 1 and
fuse SB24 in Fuse Panel B.
– Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or
broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.

162 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

– Repair the circuit and replace any open fuses.

– Go to Final procedures
If the specified value was obtained:
Checking wiring
– Remove the Engine Control Module - J623- . Refer to the ap‐
propriate repair manual.
– Using a Multimeter, check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP)
Canister Purge Regulator Valve - N80- electrical harness con‐
nector terminal 2 to Engine Control Module - J623- electrical
harness connector T60 terminal 35 for an open circuit.
Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Engine Control Module - J623-
Canister Purge Regulator electrical connector T60 termi‐
Valve - N80- electrical harness nal socket
connector terminal
2 35
Specified value: 1.5 Ω max.
If the specified value was not obtained:
– Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit
to Battery voltage or Ground
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
loose or broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
– Go to Final procedures
If the specified value was obtained:
– With the Engine Control Module - J623- Connectors still un‐
plugged. Refer to appropriate repair manual.
– Use a Multimeter, Check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP)
Canister Purge Regulator Valve - N80- electrical harness con‐
nector terminal 2 to engine ground for continuity
- If Specified value is 1.5 Ω or less
– Check the wiring connection for a short circuit to Engine
Ground
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring or connection, If no faults
were found Replace the Engine Control Module - J623- . Refer
to appropriate repair manual.
– Go to Final procedures
Final procedures
– Reinstall the engine cover with air filter, if necessary. Refer to
the appropriate repair manual.
– After the repair work, the following work steps must be per‐
formed in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”,
page 15 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”,
page 16 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code”, page 9 .

3. Diagnosis and Testing 163

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

3.6.15 Evaporative System, Checking for

Leaks
Observe all safety precautions:
⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 2
View clean working conditions:
⇒ “1.2 Clean Working Conditions”, page 4
Perform a preliminary check to verify the condition:
⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 9 .
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Smoke tester
♦ Evaporative and fuel supply system vacuum hose and line
routing diagram
Test procedure
– Using a smoke tester, check the evaporative emission system
for leaks.

Note

Always follow the manufacturers directions for the proper instal‐

lation and operation of the smoke tester being used.

Note

♦ Secure all hose connections using hose clamps appropriate

for the model type.
♦ Replace seals and gaskets when performing repair work.

If a leak is detected:
– Check the fuel filler cap seal for damage and for proper instal‐
lation. Replace if necessary.
– Check the seals under the locking flanges and the union nuts
are properly tightened on the fuel tank.
– Check all hose connections of the evaporative system and re‐
place or repair any leaking lines.
– Repair or replace any damaged component.
If no leaks are found:
– Erase the DTC memory if a DTC was set.
– Perform a road test to verify repair.
– Generate readiness code.
If a DTC was set and does not return:
– Repair complete, generate readiness code.
If the DTC does return and no leaks are found in the evaporative
and fuel supply system:
– Check the DTC memory for any DTC codes pertaining to the
evaporative and fuel supply systems. If a DTC is stored, per‐
form the diagnostic test procedure for the suspected compo‐
nent.

164 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

Final procedures
– Reinstall the engine cover with air filter, if necessary. Refer to
the appropriate repair manual.
– After the repair work, the following work steps must be per‐
formed in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”,
page 15 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”,
page 16 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code”, page 9 .

3.6.16 Fuel Injectors, Checking

Observe all safety precautions:
⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 2
View clean working conditions:
⇒ “1.2 Clean Working Conditions”, page 4
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component
with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views,
Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter.
♦ Diode test lamp capable of at least 25 V.
♦ Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
• The Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor - G28- OK.
• Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
• All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window de‐
froster, switched off.
• Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into
position “P” or “N”.
• A/C switched off.
• Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/
chassis OK.
• Ignition switched off.
– Observe safety precautions.
– Observe rules for cleanliness.
Test procedure
– Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint.
Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 9
Start diagnosis
– Remove the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate
repair manual.
– Disconnect the 8 pin connector from the fuel injector assembly
harness (located just below and to the right of the electronic
throttle motor assembly).

3. Diagnosis and Testing 165

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

– Using a Multimeter connected to ground, check terminals

2,4,6,8 for the correct voltage.
Specified value: 22 – 25 V.
If the specified value was obtained:
Checking internal injector resistance
– Using a Multimeter, check the Fuel Injector electrical terminals
(1 to 2 for N30, 3-4 for N31, 5-6 for N32 or 7 to 8 for N33 ) for
resistance.
Specified value: 1.4 – 2.6 Ω (at approx. 20° C)
– If any of the specified values were out of range
– Replace the malfunctioning Fuel injector(s). Refer to appro‐
priate repair manual.
– Go to Final procedures
If the specified value was not obtained:
– Remove the Engine Control Module - J623- . Refer to appro‐
priate repair manual.
– Using a Multimeter, check the Fuel Injector electrical harness
connector terminals 2,4,6,8 to the Engine Control Module -
J623- electrical harness connector T60 terminals for an open
or short to ground circuit.
Component Fuel Injector electrical harness con‐ Engine Control Module - J623-
nector terminals electrical connector T60 terminals
sockets
Cylinder 1 Fuel Injector - N30- 2 33
Cylinder 2 Fuel Injector - N31- 4 49
Cylinder 3 Fuel Injector - N32- 6 34
Cylinder 4 Fuel Injector - N33- 8 48

Specified values: 1.5 Ω max. for wire continuity, and for circuit to
ground check; Infinite or “OL” is displayed
If the specified value was not obtained:
– Check the wiring for an open, high resistance or short to
ground.
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
loose or broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
– Go to Final procedures
If the specified value was obtained:
Checking wiring
– Connect a Diode test lamp capable of at least 25 V from Bat‐
tery voltage to the injector harness connector terminal (1 for
N30, 3 for N31, 5 for N32 or 7 for N33) of the Fuel Injector to
be tested.
– Operate the starter and test the activation of the Fuel Injector .
Specified value: LED should flicker.
– Switch the ignition off.

166 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

If the specified value was obtained:

– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
loose or broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
– Go to Final procedures
If the specified value was not obtained:
– Remove the Engine Control Module - J623- . Refer to appro‐
priate repair manual.
– Using a Multimeter, check the Fuel Injector electrical harness
connector terminals to the Engine Control Module - J623-
electrical harness connector T60 terminals for an open circuit.
Component Fuel Injector electrical har‐ Engine Control Module -
ness connector terminals J623- electrical connec‐
tor T60 terminals sockets
Cylinder 1 Fuel Injector - N30- 1 31
2 33
Cylinder 2 Fuel Injector - N31- 3 47
4 49
Cylinder 3 Fuel Injector - N32- 5 32
6 34
Cylinder 4 Fuel Injector - N33- 7 46
8 48

Specified value: 1.5 Ω Max.

If the specified value was not obtained:
– Check the wiring for an open, high resistance or short to bat‐
tery or ground.
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
loose or broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
– Go to Final procedures
If the specified value was obtained:
– Replace the Engine Control Module - J623- . Refer to appro‐
priate repair manual.
Final procedures
– Reinstall the engine cover with air filter, if necessary. Refer to
the appropriate repair manual.
– After the repair work, the following work steps must be per‐
formed in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”,
page 15 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”,
page 16 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code”, page 9 .

3. Diagnosis and Testing 167

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

3.6.17 Fuel Pressure Sensor - G247- , Check‐

ing
Function
The Fuel Pressure Sensor - G247- measures the fuel pressure in
the high-pressure fuel system. The Engine Control Module - J623-
analyzes the signal and regulates the fuel high pressure through
the Fuel Pressure Regulator Valve - N276- or Fuel Metering Valve
2 - N402- or Fuel Metering Valve - N290- ( depending on vehicle )
in the high-pressure pump.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter
♦ Wiring Diagram
♦ Scan Tool
Test requirements
• Fuses OK.
• Battery voltage OK
• Switch OFF all electrical and electronic accessories.
• Vehicles with Auto. Transmission, ensure Selector Lever po‐
sition is in “P”.
• Vehicles with Man. Transmission, ensure Shifter Lever posi‐
tion is in “N” with Parking Brake applied.
• Coolant Temperature: ≥ 80 °C.
• Observe all safety precautions:
⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 2
• View clean working conditions:
⇒ “1.2 Clean Working Conditions”, page 4
Test Procedure
Step Procedure Result / Action to Take
1 • PERFORM: Preliminary Check to verify the ♦ YES:
customers complaint. Refer to
⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 9 ♦ Go to Step 2 ⇒ page 168

– Was complaint verified? ♦ NO:

♦ Gather more Information from customer about
the complaint

2 • IGNITION: ON ♦ YES:
• DISCONNECT: Fuel Pressure Sensor - G247- ♦ Go to Step 3 ⇒ page 169
electrical connector
♦ NO:
• CHECK: Fuel Pressure Sensor - G247- wiring
connector terminals 1 to 3 for voltage ♦ Go to Step 4 ⇒ page 169

• SPECIFIED VALUE: About 5.0 V

• IGNITION: OFF
– Was value obtained?

168 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

Step Procedure Result / Action to Take

3 • REMOVE: Engine Control Module - J623- . ♦ YES:
Refer to appropriate service manual.
♦ REPLACE: Fuel Pressure Sensor - G247- .
• CHECK: Fuel Pressure Sensor - G247- elec‐ Refer to appropriate repair manual.
trical connector terminals 2 to the Engine Con‐
trol Module - J623- electrical connector termi‐ ♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 169
nals T60 / 40. ♦ NO:
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 0.5 Ω (± 0.3 Ω) ♦ CHECK: wiring for open, high resistance, short
– Was value obtained? or electrical connector for damage, corrosion,
loose or broken terminals
♦ REPAIR: faulty wiring or connector
♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 169

4 • REMOVE: Engine Control Module - J623- . ♦ YES:

Refer to appropriate service manual.
♦ REPLACE Engine Control Module - J623- Re‐
• CHECK: Fuel Pressure Sensor - G247- elec‐ fer to appropriate repair manual
trical connector terminals 1 to the Engine Con‐
trol Module - J623- electrical connector termi‐ ♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 169
nals T60 / 13. ♦ NO:
• CHECK: Fuel Pressure Sensor - G247- elec‐ ♦ CHECK: wiring for open, high resistance, short
trical connector terminals 3 to the Engine Con‐ or electrical connector for damage, corrosion,
trol Module - J623- electrical connector termi‐ loose or broken terminals
nals T60 / 29.
♦ REPAIR: faulty wiring or connector
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 0.5 Ω (± 0.3 Ω)
♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 169
– Was value obtained?
5 • Final Procedure ♦ YES:
• Perform a road test to verify repair. ♦ Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC
• Do any DTC’s return: Memory”, page 15 .
♦ Perform the diagnostic procedure for that DTC.
♦ NO:
♦ Repair is complete, Generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code”, page 9 .
♦ Return vehicle to Customer

3.6.18 Fuel Pressure Regulator Valve - N276- ,

Checking
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter.
♦ Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
• The Engine Component Power Supply Relay - J757- OK.
• The Engine Control Module - J623- fuses OK.
• The fuel filter OK.
• The battery voltage at least 12.5 V.
• All electrical consumers switched off (radiator fan must NOT
run during test).
• A/C switched off.

3. Diagnosis and Testing 169

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

• The fuel tank at least 1/4 filled.

• The ignition switched off.
Test procedure
– Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint.
Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 9
Start diagnosis
– Remove the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate
repair manual.
Checking resistance
– Disconnect the Fuel Pressure Regulator Valve - N276- elec‐
trical harness connector -2-.
– Using a Multimeter, check the Fuel Pressure Regulator Valve
- N276- terminals 1 to 2 for resistance.
Specified value: 1.5 to 11Ω (at approx. 20° C)
If the specified value was Not obtained:
– Replace the Fuel Pressure Regulator Valve - N276 - . Refer
to appropriate repair manual.
– Go to Final procedures
If the specified value was obtained:
Checking voltage
Switch the ignition on.
– Using a Multimeter, check the Fuel Pressure Regulator Valve
- N276 - electrical connector terminal 1 to Ground (GND) for
voltage.
Specified value: battery voltage.
– Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was Not obtained:
– Check the wiring from the Fuel Pressure Regulator Valve -
N276- electrical connector terminal 1 to the Engine Compo‐
nent Power Supply Relay - J757- terminal 52.
– Check the wiring connection for an open circuit or for a short
circuit to Ground (GND).
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
loose or broken terminals.
– Repair the circuit and replace any open fuses.
– If necessary, repair the wiring connection.
– Go to Final procedures
If the specified value was obtained:
– Remove the Engine Control Module - J623 - . Refer to appro‐
priate repair manual.
– Using a Multimeter, check the Fuel Pressure Regulator Valve
- N276- electrical harness connector terminals to the Engine
Control Module - J623- electrical harness connector T60 ter‐
minals for an open circuit according to the wiring diagram.
Fuel Pressure Regulator Valve - N276- electrical har‐ Engine Control Module - J623- electrical connector
ness connector terminal T60 terminal socket
2 15

170 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

Specified value: 1.5 Ω Max.

If the specified value was Not obtained:
– Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery voltage, or an
open circuit.
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
loose or broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
– Go to Final procedures
If the specified value was obtained:
– With the Engine Control Module - J623- . Refer to appropriate
repair manual.
– Use a Multimeter, Check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP)
Canister Purge Regulator Valve - N80- electrical harness con‐
nector terminal 2 to engine ground for continuity
- If Specified value is 1.5 Ω or less
– Check the wiring connection for a short circuit to Engine
Ground
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring or connection, If no faults
were found Replace the Engine Control Module - J623- . Refer
to appropriate repair manual.
Final procedures
– Reinstall the engine cover with air filter, if necessary. Refer to
the appropriate repair manual.
– After the repair work, the following work steps must be per‐
formed in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”,
page 15 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”,
page 16 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code”, page 9 .

3.6.19 LIN-Bus Circuit, Checking

Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter.
♦ Wiring diagram.
Test requirement
• A LIN Bus malfunction was recognized.
• The Engine Control Module - J623- fuses OK.
• Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
• All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window de‐
froster, switched off.
• Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into
position “P” or “N”.
• A/C switched off.

3. Diagnosis and Testing 171

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

• Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/

chassis OK.
• Ignition switched off.
Function
The Engine Control Module (ECM) is connected to the Radiator
Identification Sensor - G611- module via the LIN data Bus 3 wire
connector. Radiator I.D. and a temperature signal are sent on the
LIN bus to the ECM. If the information from the RIS module was
not sent or cannot be read, the ECM will store a fault code.
Test procedure
– Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint.
Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 9
Start diagnosis
– Disconnect the Radiator Identification Sensor - G611- electri‐
cal harness connector.
– Switch the ignition On.
– Using a Multimeter, connect the red Multimeter lead to termi‐
nal 3 of the Radiator Identification Sensor - G611- module
connector and the black lead to ground.
Specified value: Battery voltage.
– Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was Not obtained:
– Check for an open or grounded circuit between terminal 3 and
fuse SB15 in Fuse Panel B.
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
loose or broken terminals.
– Repair the circuit and replace any open fuses.
– Go to Final procedures
If the specified value was obtained:
– Connect the black Multimeter lead to terminal 1 of the Radiator
Identification Sensor - G611- harness connector and the red
lead to Battery voltage.
– Switch the ignition On.
Specified value: Battery voltage.
– Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was Not obtained:
– Check for an open circuit or high resistance between Radiator
Identification Sensor - G611- terminal 1 and the Engine Con‐
trol Module - J623- connector terminal 52.
– Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or
broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection, if no faults
were found with the wiring or connections. Replace the Engine
Control Module - J623- . Refer to appropriate repair manual.
– Go to Final procedures
If the specified value was obtained:
Checking wiring
– Disconnect the Engine Control Module - J623- T94 electrical
harness connector.

172 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

– Disconnect the Radiator Identification Sensor - G611- module

T3 electrical harness connector.
– Using a Multimeter, check the Engine Control Module - J623-
T94 electrical harness connector terminal 64 to the Radiator
Identification Sensor - G611- module T3 electrical harness
connector terminal 2 for resistance.
Radiator Identification Sensor - G611- electrical har‐ Engine Control Module - J623- electrical harness
ness connector terminal connector T94 terminal socket
2 64

Specified value: 1.5 Ω max

If the specified value was not obtained:
– Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or
broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
– Go to Final procedures
If the specified value was obtained:
– Replace the Radiator Identification Sensor - G611- (with radi‐
ator assembly).
Final procedures
– Reinstall the engine cover with air filter, if necessary. Refer to
the appropriate repair manual.
– After the repair work, the following work steps must be per‐
formed in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”,
page 15 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”,
page 16 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code”, page 9 .

3.6.20 Fuel Pump Delivery Quantity, Checking

Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Switched remote control (jumper).
♦ Multimeter.
♦ Electrical connector test lead set.
♦ Fuel pressure test set.
♦ Measuring container, fuel-resistant.
Test conditions
• Battery voltage 12.5 V
• Fuel filter OK
• Fuel tank at least 1/4 filled.
• Fuel pressure regulator OK.
• Ignition switched off.

3. Diagnosis and Testing 173

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

Test procedure
– Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint.
Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 9
Start diagnosis
– Remove the fuel filler cap from fuel filler tube.
– Remove rear seat bench. Refer to appropriate repair manual.
– Remove the floor sealing cover -1-.
– Disconnect the electrical harness connector -arrow- from the
fuel delivery unit.
– Connect a switched remote control (jumper) to terminal -1- of
the fuel delivery unit and to vehicle battery (+).
– Connect a jumper wire from terminal -5- of the fuel delivery
unit to vehicle Ground (GND).

WARNING

Fuel system is under pressure! Before opening the system,

place rags around the connection area. Then release the pres‐
sure by carefully loosening the connection.

– Disconnect the fuel return line -arrow- by pressing release

buttons.
– Connect a fuel line from the fuel pressure test set to the dis‐
connected fuel return line and hold it in the measuring con‐
tainer.
– Press the switch on the remote control (jumper) and operate
the fuel pump for 15sonds.
– Compare quantity of fuel delivered with minimum delivery rate
in the diagram (cm3/30s.).

Note

Voltage at the fuel pump with engine stopped and fuel pump run‐
ning is approx. 2 volts less than battery voltage.

If minimum delivery quantity is not obtained, the following mal‐

functions may be present:
♦ Fuel lines pinched.
♦ Fuel filter plugged.
♦ Fuel pump faulty.
– If necessary, repair any pinched or plugged lines.
If the filter is restricted;
– Replace the fuel filter. Refer to appropriate repair manual.
If the fuel pump is faulty;
– Replace the fuel pump. Refer to appropriate repair manual.
Assembly is performed in reverse order of removal. Note the fol‐
lowing:
– Install the rear seat bench. Refer to appropriate repair manual.

174 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed
in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”,
page 15 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”,
page 16 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code”, page 9 .

3.6.21 Fuel Pressure Test

Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter.
♦ fuel line adapter set - V.A.G. 1318/17A- . These tools may be
substituted with an equivalent aftermarket tool and are also
available for rental or purchase through Audi.
♦ In- line fuel pressure gauge with shutoff valve. (high pressure).
Test conditions
• Battery voltage 12.5 V
• Function and voltage supply for the Fuel Pump is OK.
• Fuel tank at least 1/4 filled.
• Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
– Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint.
Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 9

WARNING

Fuel system is under pressure! Before opening the system,

place rags around the connection area. Then release the pres‐
sure by carefully loosening the connection.

Start diagnosis
– Disconnect fuel supply line -3- at the supply location and catch
any fuel coming out with a shop towel

Note

Pull circlip upward to unlock fuel line

– Install a fuel pressure gauge with appropriate adapters.

– Open shut off valve on fuel gauge.
– Switch ignition on and off repeatedly until fuel pressure stops
increasing pressure.
– Read fuel pressure on the gauge.
♦ Specified value: 3.5 to 6 bar

3. Diagnosis and Testing 175

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

If specification is exceeded:
– Check return line between fuel filter and fuel pump for kinks or
blockage.
If no malfunction in fuel return line is found:
– Pressure relief valve in fuel filter is malfunctioning.
– Replace the fuel filter. Refer to appropriate repair manual.
If reading was below the specification:
– Check fuel pressure at the fuel filter between fuel pump and
fuel filter using appropriate adapters
– Open shut off valve on gauge and start the engine. Allow to
idle.
– Slowly close the pressure gauge shut off and note the fuel
pressure.
♦ Pressure must increase to 6 bar.
When 6 bar is reached: Open shut off tap immediately!
If pressure has increased during test:
– Fuel pump is OK. Pressure relief valve in fuel filter is malfunc‐
tioning.
– Replace the fuel filter. Refer to appropriate repair manual.
If pressure did not increase:
– Fuel pump is faulty
– Replace the fuel pump. Refer to appropriate repair manual.
Final procedures
– Reinstall the engine cover with air filter, if necessary. Refer to
the appropriate repair manual.
– After the repair work, the following work steps must be per‐
formed in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”,
page 15 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”,
page 16 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code”, page 9 .

3.6.22 Fuel Pump Electrical, Testing

Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter.
♦ Electrical connector test lead set.
Test conditions
• Battery voltage 12.5 V.
• Fuse in Fuse Panel C is OK.
• Fuel filter OK.
• Ignition switched off.

176 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

Test procedure
– Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint.
Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 9
Start diagnosis
– Remove rear seat bench. Refer to appropriate repair manual.
– Remove the Fuel Pump Control Module from the retaining
clips on the floor sealing cover.
– Disconnect the electrical harness connector -arrow- from the
Fuel Pump Control Module.
– Connect the Multimeter ground lead to terminal -6- of the Fuel
Pump Control Module harness connector.
– Connect the Multimeter positive lead to terminal -1- of the Fuel
Pump Control Module harness connector.
– Turn the Ignition key to the ON position.
– The meter should read within 1 Volt of battery voltage.
– If voltage is below specification, locate wiring fault in ground
or power circuit. Refer to wiring diagram for location.
– If voltage is OK, connect Multimeter positive lead to terminal
-3- of the Fuel Pump Control Module harness connector. The
ground lead remains on terminal -6-
– Crank the engine and note voltage displayed on Multimeter
during crank. Voltage should be within 2.5 volts of battery volt‐
age.
– If voltage is below specification, locate wiring fault in the power
circuit. Refer to wiring diagram for location.
– If voltage is OK, connect Multimeter positive lead to terminal
-2- of the Fuel Pump Control Module harness connector. The
ground lead remains on terminal -6-
– Crank the engine and note voltage displayed on Multimeter
during crank. Voltage should be 3.2 volts (+/- .4)
– If voltage is below specification, check circuit from Fuel Pump
Control Module to ECM for open, short or high resistance and
repair as necessary. If no circuit fault is found, replace ECM.
– If voltage is OK, reconnect the wiring harness to the Fuel Pump
control Module.
Test procedure for Fuel Pump Control Module
– Remove the floor sealing cover to access the Fuel Delivery
Unit (fuel pump).
– Disconnect the harness connector from the Fuel Delivery Unit.
– Connect the Multimeter positive lead to terminal -1- of the Fuel
Delivery Unit harness connector.
– Connect the Multimeter ground lead to terminal -5- of the Fuel
Delivery Unit harness connector.
– Crank the engine and note voltage displayed on Multimeter
during crank. Voltage should be within 2.5 volts of battery volt‐
age.
– If voltage is below specification, replace the Fuel Pump Con‐
trol Module.
– If voltage is within specification, replace the Fuel Delivery Unit
(Fuel Pump). Refer to appropriate repair manual.

3. Diagnosis and Testing 177

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

Final procedures
– Reinstall the engine cover with air filter, if necessary. Refer to
the appropriate repair manual.
– After the repair work, the following work steps must be per‐
formed in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”,
page 15 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”,
page 16 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code”, page 9 .

3.6.23 Ignition Coil with Power Output Stage,

Checking
Observe all safety precautions:
⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 2
View clean working conditions:
⇒ “1.2 Clean Working Conditions”, page 4
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component
with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views,
Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter.
♦ Diode test lamp.
♦ Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
• The Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage - N70, N127,
N291, N292- fuses OK.
• The Motronic Engine Control Module Power Supply Relay -
J271- OK.
• The Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor - G28- OK.
• The Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor - G40 - OK.
• Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
• All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window de‐
froster, switched off.
• Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into
position “P” or “N”.
• A/C switched off.
• Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/
chassis OK.
• Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
– Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint.
Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 9

178 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

Start diagnosis
– Remove the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate
repair manual.
– Remove the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage - N70,
N127, N291, N292- electrical harness screws -1-.
– Disconnect the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage - N70,
N127, N291, N292- electrical harness connectors -arrows-
from the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage - N70, N127,
N291, N292- .
Checking voltage supply
– Switch the ignition on.
– Using a Multimeter, check the Ignition Coil electrical harness
connector terminals 1 to 4 for voltage.
Specified value: battery voltage.
– Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained:
– Check the Ignition Coil electrical harness connector terminal
1 to fuse SB14 in Fuse Box B.
– Check the wiring connection for an open circuit or short circuit
to Engine ground
– Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or
broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection and replace
any open fuses
– Go to Final procedures
If the specified value was obtained:
– Using a Multimeter, Check the Ignition Coil electrical harness
connector Terminals 1 and 2, also Terminals 1 and 4 For Bat‐
tery Voltage
Specified value: battery voltage.
If the specified value was not obtained:
– Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit
to Battery positive or Ground
– Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or
broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection and replace
any open fuses
– Go to Final procedures
If the specified value was obtained:
Checking activation

WARNING

Do not touch the Ignition Coils connecting parts or adapter ca‐

bles during the following test.

– Disable the power supply to the Fuel Injectors - N30, N31, N32,
N33- by removing Fuse 14 (on fuse panel B) from the fuse
holder SB14.

3. Diagnosis and Testing 179

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

– Using a diode test lamp, check the Ignition Coil electrical har‐
ness connector terminals 2 to 3 for voltage.
– Switch ignition on and Crank the engine.
The LED should flicker.
Repeat for each Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage - N70,
N127, N291, N292-
– Switch the ignition off.
If the LED flickers and the voltage was OK:
– Replace the faulty Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -
N70, N127, N291, N292- . Refer to appropriate repair manual.
– Go to Final procedures
If the LED does not flicker:
Checking wiring
– Remove the Engine Control Module - J623- . Refer to appro‐
priate repair manual.
– Using a Multimeter, Check the Ignition Coil electrical harness
connector to the Engine Control Module - J623- electrical har‐
ness connector T60 for an open circuit.
Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage - N70, N127, Engine Control Module - J623- electrical harness
N291, N292- electrical harness connector terminal connector T60 terminal socket
(N70) 3 7
(N127) 3 21
(N291) 3 22
(N292) 3 6

Specified value: 1.5 Ω Max.

If the specified value was not obtained:
– Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit
to Battery voltage or Ground
– Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or
broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
– Go to Final procedures
If the specified value was obtained:
– Replace the Engine Control Module - J623- . Refer to appro‐
priate repair manual.
Final procedures
– Connect the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage - N70,
N127, N291, N292- electrical harness connectors to the Igni‐
tion Coils with Power Output Stage - N70, N127, N291, N292
-.
– Install the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage - N70, N127,
N291, N292- electrical harness screws .
– Reinstall the engine cover with air filter, if necessary. Refer to
the appropriate repair manual.
– After the repair work, the following work steps must be per‐
formed in the following sequence:

180 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to

⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”,
page 15 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”,
page 16 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code”, page 9 .

3.6.24 Ambient Air Temperature Sensor -

G17- , Checking
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter.
♦ Wiring diagram.
Test procedure
– Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint.
Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 9
Start diagnosis
– Connect the scan tool.
– Engine MUST be at room temperature.
– Switch the ignition on.
– Using the scan tool, check the ambient air temperature:
Diagnostic text Specified value
Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) approximate, ambient air temperature

If the specified value was obtained:

– Fault may be intermittent.
– Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit
to Battery voltage or Ground
– Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or
broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
– Go to Final procedures

Note

The reading will default to 419° F if the circuit is open or shorted

to ground.

If the specified value was Not obtained:

Checking internal resistance
– Turn the key off.
– Disconnect the Ambient Air Temperature Sensor - G17- elec‐
trical harness connector.
– Using a Multimeter, check the Ambient Air Temperature Sen‐
sor - G17- terminals 1 to 2 for resistance.
Use the chart below for the specified values:

3. Diagnosis and Testing 181

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

Specified values:
AAT Temperature vs Resistance
Temp (C) min. value ohms max. value ohms
- 40 31811 37560
- 35 22941 26863
- 25 12415 14289
- 15 6958 7880
-5 4036 4495
0 3120 3442
5 2422 2655
15 1519 1623
25 968 1031
35 629 676
45 419 455
55 286 314
65 195 217
75 136 155

If any of the specified values were Not obtained:

– Replace the Ambient Air Temperature Sensor - G17- . Refer
to the appropriate repair manual.
– Go to Final procedures
If the specified values are obtained:
Checking wiring
– Turn the key on.
– Connect a Multimeter to terminals 1 and 2 of the Ambient Air
Temperature Sensor - G17- electrical harness connector.
Specified value: near 5.02 V
If the specified value was Not obtained:
– Turn the key off.
– Remove the Instrument Cluster. Refer to the appropriate re‐
pair manual.
– Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness.
– Using a Multimeter, check the Ambient Air Temperature Sen‐
sor - G17- electrical harness connector terminals 1 and 2 to
the Instrument Cluster electrical harness connector T36 for an
open circuit or a short, refer to the appropriate wiring diagram.
Ambient Air Temperature Sensor - G17- electrical har‐ Instrument Cluster - J285- electrical connector T32
ness connector terminals terminals
1 20
2 19

Specified value: 1.5 Ω max.

If the specified value was obtained:
Replace the Instrument Cluster. Refer to the appropriate repair
manual.

182 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

If the specified value was Not obtained:

– Check the wiring for an open, high resistance or short circuit
to Battery voltage or ground.
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
loose or broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
Final procedures
– Reinstall the engine cover with air filter, if necessary. Refer to
the appropriate repair manual.
– After the repair work, the following work steps must be per‐
formed in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”,
page 15 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”,
page 16 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code”, page 9 .

3.6.25 Intake Air Temperature Sensor - G42- ,

Checking
Function
The Engine Control Module - J623- uses the Intake Air Temper‐
ature Sensor - G42- signal to calculate a correction value for the
charge air pressure. Evaluation of the signal gives consideration
to the influence of temperature on the density of the charge air.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter
♦ Wiring Diagram
♦ Scan Tool
Test requirements
• Fuses OK
• Battery voltage OK
• Switch OFF all electrical and electronic accessories
• Vehicles with Auto. Transmission, ensure Selector Lever po‐
sition is in “P”.
• Vehicles with Man. Transmission, ensure Shifter Lever posi‐
tion is in “N” with Parking Brake applied
• Coolant Temperature: ≥ 80 °C
• Observe all safety precautions:
⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 2
• View clean working conditions:
⇒ “1.2 Clean Working Conditions”, page 4

3. Diagnosis and Testing 183

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

Test Procedure
Step Procedure Result / Action to Take
1 • PERFORM: Preliminary Check to verify the ♦ YES:
customers complaint. Refer to
⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 9 ♦ Go to Step 2 ⇒ page 184

– Was complaint verified? ♦ NO:

♦ Gather more Information from customer about
the complaint

2 • IGNITION: OFF ♦ YES:

• DISCONNECT: Intake Air Temperature Sen‐ ♦ Go to Step 3 ⇒ page 184
sor - G42- electrical connector
♦ NO:
• CHECK: Intake Air Temperature Sensor - G42-
terminals 1 to 3 for resistance. ♦ REPLACE: Intake Air Temperature Sensor -
G42- Refer to appropriate repair manual.
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 1500 Ω (+/- 325 Ω @ ap‐
prox. 20° C) ♦ GO TO: Step 4 ⇒ page 184

– Was value obtained?

3 • REMOVE: Engine Control Module - J623- . ♦ YES:
Refer to appropriate service manual.
♦ REPLACE Engine Control Module - J623- Re‐
• CHECK: Intake Air Temperature Sensor - G42- fer to appropriate repair manual
electrical connector terminals 1 to the Engine
Control Module - J623- electrical connector ter‐ ♦ GO TO: Step 4 ⇒ page 184
minals T60 / 42. ♦ NO:
• CHECK: Intake Air Temperature Sensor - G42- ♦ CHECK: wiring for open, high resistance, short
electrical connector terminals 2 to the Engine or electrical connector for damage, corrosion,
Control Module - J623- electrical connector ter‐ loose or broken terminals
minals T60 / 14.
♦ REPAIR: faulty wiring or connector
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 0.5 Ω (± 0.3 Ω)
♦ GO TO: Step 4 ⇒ page 184
– Was value obtained?
4 • Final Procedure ♦ YES:
• Perform a road test to verify repair. ♦ Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC
• Do any DTC’s return: Memory”, page 15 .
♦ Perform the diagnostic procedure for that DTC.
♦ NO:
♦ Repair is complete, Generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code”, page 9 .
♦ Return vehicle to Customer

3.6.26 Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor

- G336- , Checking
Function
The Engine Control Module - J623- uses the Intake Manifold
Runner Position Sensor - G336- signal to calculate a correction
value for the charge air pressure. Evaluation of the signal gives
consideration to the influence of temperature on the density of the
charge air. Failure In the event of signal failure, the Engine Control
Module - J623- employs a fixed, substitute value for calculation
purposes. This may lead to reduced engine output.
Special tools and workshop equipment required

184 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

♦ Multimeter
♦ Wiring Diagram
♦ Scan Tool
Test requirements
• Fuses OK.
• Battery voltage OK
• Switch OFF all electrical and electronic accessories.
• Vehicles with Auto. Transmission, ensure Selector Lever po‐
sition is in “P”.
• Vehicles with Man. Transmission, ensure Shifter Lever posi‐
tion is in “N” with Parking Brake applied.
• Coolant Temperature: ≥ 80 °C.
• Observe all safety precautions:
⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 2
• View clean working conditions:
⇒ “1.2 Clean Working Conditions”, page 4
Test Procedure
Step Procedure Result / Action to Take
1 • PERFORM: Preliminary Check to verify the ♦ YES:
customers complaint. Refer to
⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 9 ♦ Go to Step 2 ⇒ page 185

– Was complaint verified? ♦ NO:

♦ Gather more Information from customer about
the complaint

2 • IGNITION: ON ♦ YES:
• DISCONNECT: Intake Manifold Runner Posi‐ ♦ Go to Step 3 ⇒ page 185
tion Sensor - G336- electrical connector
♦ NO:
• CHECK: Intake Manifold Runner Position Sen‐
sor - G336- wiring connector terminals 1 to 3 ♦ Go to Step 4 ⇒ page 186
for voltage
• SPECIFIED VALUE: About 5.0 V
• IGNITION: OFF
– Was value obtained?
3 • REMOVE: Engine Control Module - J623- . ♦ YES:
Refer to appropriate service manual.
♦ REPLACE: Intake Manifold Runner Position
• CHECK: Intake Manifold Runner Position Sen‐ Sensor - G336- . Refer to appropriate repair
sor - G336- electrical connector terminals 2 to manual.
the Engine Control Module - J623- electrical
connector terminals T60 / 59. ♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 186

• SPECIFIED VALUE: 0.5 Ω (± 0.3 Ω) ♦ NO:

– Was value obtained? ♦ CHECK: wiring for open, high resistance, short
or electrical connector for damage, corrosion,
loose or broken terminals
♦ REPAIR: faulty wiring or connector
♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 186

3. Diagnosis and Testing 185

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

Step Procedure Result / Action to Take

4 • REMOVE: Engine Control Module - J623- . ♦ YES:
Refer to appropriate service manual.
♦ REPLACE Engine Control Module - J623- Re‐
• CHECK: Intake Manifold Runner Position Sen‐ fer to appropriate repair manual
sor - G336- electrical connector terminals 1 to
the Engine Control Module - J623- electrical ♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 186
connector terminals T60 / 27. ♦ NO:
• CHECK: Intake Manifold Runner Position Sen‐ ♦ CHECK: wiring for open, high resistance, short
sor - G336- electrical connector terminals 3 to or electrical connector for damage, corrosion,
the Engine Control Module - J623- electrical loose or broken terminals
connector terminals T60 / 13.
♦ REPAIR: faulty wiring or connector
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 0.5 Ω (± 0.3 Ω)
♦ GO TO: Step 5 ⇒ page 186
– Was value obtained?
5 • Final Procedure ♦ YES:
• Perform a road test to verify repair. ♦ Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC
• Do any DTC’s return: Memory”, page 15 .
♦ Perform the diagnostic procedure for that DTC.
♦ NO:
♦ Repair is complete, Generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code”, page 9 .
♦ Return vehicle to Customer

3.6.27 Intake Manifold Runner Control Valve -

N316- I, Checking
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter.
♦ Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
• Fuse - SB24- OK.
• The Secondary Air Injection Pump Relay - J299- OK.
• The parking brake engaged.
• The battery voltage at least 12.5 V.
• The selector lever of automatic transmission in position “P” or
“N”.
• All electrical consumers switched off (radiator fan must NOT
run during test).
• A/C switched off.
• The fuel tank at least 1/4 filled.
• The ignition switched off.
Test procedure
– Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint.
Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 9 .
Start diagnosis
– Disconnect the Intake Manifold Runner Control Valve - N316-
electrical harness connector .

186 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

Checking internal resistance

– Using a Multimeter, check the Intake Manifold Runner Control
Valve - N316- terminals 1 to 2 for resistance.
Specified value: 25 [+/-] 10 Ω.
If the specified value was not obtained:
– Replace the Intake Manifold Runner Control Valve - N316- .
Refer to the appropriate repair manual.
– Go to Final procedures
If the specified value was obtained:
Checking voltage
Switch the ignition on.
– Using a Multimeter, check the Intake Manifold Runner Control
Valve - N316- electrical harness connector terminal 1 to
ground (GND) for voltage.
Specified value: battery voltage.
– Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained:
– Check the wiring from the Intake Manifold Runner Control
Valve - N316- electrical harness connector terminal 1 to fuse
SB24 on fuse panel B.
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
loose or broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the wiring connection.
– Go to Final procedures
If the specified value was obtained:
Checking wiring
– Remove the Engine Control Module - J623- . Refer to the ap‐
propriate repair manual.
– Using a Multimeter, check the Intake Manifold Runner Control
Valve - N316- electrical harness connector terminal 2 to the
Engine Control Module - J623- electrical harness connector
terminal 36 for resistance.
Intake Manifold Runner Control Valve - N316- electri‐ Engine Control Module - J623- electrical harness
cal harness connector terminal connector terminal socket
2 36

Specified value: 1.5 Ω Max.

If the specified value was not obtained:
– Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit
to Battery voltage or Ground
– Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or
broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
– Go to Final procedures

3. Diagnosis and Testing 187

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

If the specified value was obtained:

– Erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”,
page 16 .
– Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return:
Generate readiness code. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code”, page 9 .
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring
and the voltage supply was OK:
– Replace the Engine Control Module - J623- . Refer to the ap‐
propriate repair manual.
Final procedures
– Reinstall the engine cover with air filter, if necessary. Refer to
the appropriate repair manual.
– After the repair work, the following work steps must be per‐
formed in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”,
page 15 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”,
page 16 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code”, page 9 .

3.6.28 Knock Sensor 1 - G61- , Checking

Function
The Knock Sensor 1 - G61- is a tuned accelerometer on the en‐
gine which converts engine vibration to an electrical signal. The
Engine Control Module - J623- uses this signal to determine the
presence of engine knock and to retard spark timing.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter
♦ Wiring Diagram
♦ Scan Tool
Test requirements
• Fuses OK
• Battery voltage OK
• Switch OFF all electrical and electronic accessories
• Vehicles with Auto. Transmission, ensure Selector Lever po‐
sition is in “P”.
• Vehicles with Man. Transmission, ensure Shifter Lever posi‐
tion is in “N” with Parking Brake applied
• Coolant Temperature: ≥ 80 °C
• Observe all safety precautions:
⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 2
• View clean working conditions:
⇒ “1.2 Clean Working Conditions”, page 4

188 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

Step Procedure Result / Action to Take

1 • PERFORM: Preliminary Check to verify the ♦ YES:
customers complaint. Refer to
⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 9 ♦ Go to Step 2 ⇒ page 189

– Was complaint verified? ♦ NO:

♦ Gather more Information from customer about
the complaint

2 • IGNITION: OFF ♦ YES:

• DISCONNECT: Knock Sensor 1 - G61- elec‐ ♦ Go to Step 3 ⇒ page 189
trical connector
♦ NO:
• CHECK: Knock Sensor 1 - G61- wiring con‐
nector terminals 1 to 2 for resistance ♦ REPLACE: Knock Sensor 1 - G61- . Refer to
appropriate repair manual.
• SPECIFIED VALUE: ∞ Ω or OL (Infinity)
♦ GO TO: Step 4 ⇒ page 189
– Was value obtained?
3 • REMOVE: Engine Control Module - J623- . ♦ YES:
Refer to appropriate service manual.
♦ REPLACE Engine Control Module - J623- Re‐
• CHECK: Knock Sensor 1 - G61- electrical con‐ fer to appropriate repair manual
nector terminals 1, 2, 3 to the Engine Control
Module - J623- electrical connector terminals ♦ GO TO: Step 4 ⇒ page 189
T60/51 / 10 /, 8. ♦ NO:
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 0.5 Ω (± 0.3 Ω) ♦ CHECK: wiring for open, high resistance, short
– Was value obtained? or electrical connector for damage, corrosion,
loose or broken terminals
♦ REPAIR: faulty wiring or connector
♦ GO TO: Step 4 ⇒ page 189

4 • Final Procedure ♦ YES:

• Perform a road test to verify repair. ♦ Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC
• Do any DTC’s return: Memory”, page 15 .
♦ Perform the diagnostic procedure for that DTC.
♦ NO:
♦ Repair is complete, Generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code”, page 9 .
♦ Return vehicle to Customer

3.6.29 Leak Detection Pump - V144- , Check‐

ing
Observe all safety precautions:
⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 2
View clean working conditions:
⇒ “1.2 Clean Working Conditions”, page 4
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component
with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views,
Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter

3. Diagnosis and Testing 189

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

♦ Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
• The Leak Detection Pump - V144- fuse OK.
• The ignition switched off.
Test procedure
– Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint.
Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 9
Start diagnosis
– Remove the left rear wheel housing liner. Refer to appropriate
repair manual.
– Disconnect the Leak Detection Pump - V144- electrical har‐
ness connector -2-.
Checking internal resistance
– Using a Multimeter, check the Leak Detection Pump - V144-
for resistance as follows:
Leak Detection Pump - V144- component connector Specified values
terminals
component pins 1 & 3 640 to 720 Ω
component pins 2 & 3 15 to 17 Ω

If any of the specified values were not obtained:

– Replace the Leak Detection Pump - V144- . Refer to appro‐
priate repair manual.
– Go to Final procedures
If the specified values were obtained:
Checking voltage supply

Note

The voltage for the Leak Detection Pump - V144- is supplied via
the Fuse 15 (on fuse panel B) - SB15 - .

– Check the Leak Detection Pump - V144- for voltage.

– Using a Multimeter, check the Leak Detection Pump - V144-
electrical harness connector terminal 3 for voltage.
Leak Detection Pump - V144- electrical harness con‐ Measure to
nector terminal
3 Engine Ground (GND)

Switch the ignition on.

Specified value: Battery voltage.
– Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained:
– Check the wiring connection for an open circuit or short circuit
to Engine ground

190 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

– Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or

broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection and replace
any open fuses
– Go to Final procedures
If the specified value was obtained:
Checking wiring
– Remove the Engine Control Module - J623- . Refer to appro‐
priate repair manual.
– Using a Multimeter, check the Leak Detection Pump - V144-
electrical connector terminal 1 to Engine Control Module -
J623- electrical connector T94 terminal 44 for an open circuit.
– Using a Multimeter, check the Leak Detection Pump - V144-
electrical connector terminal 2 to Engine Control Module -
J623- electrical connector T94 terminal 49 for an open circuit.
Leak Detection Pump - V144- electrical harness con‐ Engine Control Module - J623- electrical connector
nector terminals T94 terminals socket
1 44
2 49

Specified value: 1.5 Ω max.

If the specified values were not obtained:
– Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit
to Battery voltage or Ground
– Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or
broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
– Go to Final procedures
If the specified value was obtained:
– Replace the Engine Control Module - J623- . Refer to appro‐
priate repair manual.
Final procedures
– Reassembly is performed in the reverse order of the removal.
– Install the left rear wheel housing liner. Refer to appropriate
repair manual.
– After the repair work, the following work steps must be per‐
formed in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”,
page 15 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”,
page 16 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code”, page 9 .

3. Diagnosis and Testing 191

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

3.6.30 Mass Airflow Sensor - G70- , Checking

Note

Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing terminals in har‐

ness connector of Mass Airflow Sensor - G70- .

Special tools and workshop equipment required

♦ Multimeter.
♦ Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
• The Mass Airflow Sensor - G70- fuse OK.
• Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
• All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window de‐
froster, switched off.
• Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into
position “P” or “N”.
• A/C switched off.
• Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/
chassis OK.
• Coolant Temperature at least 80° C.
• Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
– Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint.
Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 9
Start diagnosis
– Connect the scan tool.
– Start engine and let it run at idle.
– Using the scan tool, Check the air flow quantity of the Mass
Airflow Sensor - G70- at idle:
Diagnostic text Specified value
Air flow quantity at Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor
• Engine warmed up, running at idle 2.00 to 5.00 g/s

– Switch the ignition off.

If the specified value was obtained:
If DTC Memory has a DTC concerning Mass Airflow Sensor -
G70- Fault may be intermittent.
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
loose or broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
– Go to Final procedures
If the specified value was Not obtained:
– Disconnect the Mass Airflow Sensor - G70- electrical harness
connector.

192 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

– Turn the ignition switch ON.

– Using a Multimeter, connect the red Multimeter lead to termi‐
nal 3 of the Mass Airflow Sensor - G70- module connector and
the black lead to ground.
Specified value: Battery voltage.
– Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was Not obtained:
– Check for an open or short to ground in circuit between termi‐
nal 3 and fuse SC 1 in Fuse Panel C.
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
loose or broken terminals.
– Repair the circuit and replace any open fuses.
– Go to Final procedures
If the specified value was obtained:
– Connect the black Multimeter lead to terminal 2 of the Mass
Airflow Sensor - G70- harness connector and the red lead to
Battery voltage.
– Turn the ignition switch ON.
Specified value: Battery voltage.
– Switch the ignition off.
Continue test according to the following table:
Value Cause Test
If the specified value was not ob‐ Open or shorted circuit ⇒ page 193
tained:
If the specified value was obtained: Check reference signal circuit ⇒ page 194

Checking wiring
– Remove the Engine Control Module - J623 - . Refer to appro‐
priate repair manual.
– Using a Multimeter, Check the Mass Airflow Sensor - G70-
electrical harness connector to the Engine Control Module
electrical harness connector T94 for an open circuit.
Mass Airflow Sensor - G70- electrical harness con‐ Engine Control Module - J623- electrical harness
nector terminals connector T94 terminals sockets
2 65

Specified value: 1.5 Ω Max.

If the specified value was Not obtained:
– Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit
to Battery positive or Ground
– Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or
broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
– Go to Final procedures

3. Diagnosis and Testing 193

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

If the specified value was obtained:

– Replace the Engine Control Module - J623 - . Refer to appro‐
priate repair manual.
– Go to Final procedures
Checking wiring
– Remove the Engine Control Module - J623 - . Refer to appro‐
priate repair manual.
– Using a Multimeter, Check the Mass Airflow Sensor - G70-
electrical harness connector to the Engine Control Module -
J623 - electrical harness connector T94 for an open circuit.
Mass Airflow Sensor - G70- electrical harness con‐ Engine Control Module - J623- electrical harness
nector terminals connector T94 terminals sockets
1 23

Specified value: 1.5 Ω Max.

If the specified value was Not obtained:
– Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit
to Battery voltage or Ground
– Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or
broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
– Go to Final procedures
If the specified value was obtained:
– Replace the Mass Airflow Sensor - G70- . Refer to appropriate
repair manual.
Final procedures
– Reinstall the engine cover with air filter, if necessary. Refer to
the appropriate repair manual.
– After the repair work, the following work steps must be per‐
formed in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”,
page 15 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”,
page 16 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code”, page 9 .

3.6.31 Heated Oxygen Sensor - G39- , Check‐

ing
Observe all safety precautions:
⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 2
View clean working conditions:
⇒ “1.2 Clean Working Conditions”, page 4
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views,
Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.

194 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

Note

Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing terminals in the

electrical harness connector of the Heated Oxygen Sensor -
G39- .

Special tools and workshop equipment required

♦ Multimeter.
♦ Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
• The Heated Oxygen Sensor - G39- fuse OK.
• The Oxygen Sensor Heater - Z19- before catalytic converter
OK. Refer to
⇒ “3.6.33 Oxygen Sensor Heater Z19 , Checking”,
page 199 .
• Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
• All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window de‐
froster, switched off.
• A/C switched off.
• Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/
chassis OK.
• Exhaust system between catalytic converter and cylinder head
properly sealed.
• Coolant Temperature at least 80 °C.
Test procedure
– Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint.
Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 9
Start diagnosis
– Remove the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate
repair manual.
Checking Internal Resistance
– Disconnect the Heated Oxygen Sensor - G39- electrical har‐
ness connector -1-.
– Using a Multimeter, check the Heated Oxygen Sensor - G39-
electrical harness connector -1- terminals 3 to 5 for correct
resistance.
Specified value: 2.5 to 10.0 Ω
If the specified value was Not obtained:
– Replace the Heated Oxygen Sensor - G39- . Refer to the ap‐
propriate repair manual.
– Go to Final procedures
If the specified value was obtained:
Checking wiring
– Remove the Engine Control Module - J623 - . Refer to the
appropriate repair manual.
– Using a Multimeter, check the Heated Oxygen Sensor - G39-
electrical harness connector terminals to the Engine Control
Module - J623- electrical harness connector T94 terminals for
an open circuit.

3. Diagnosis and Testing 195

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

Heated Oxygen Sensor - G39- electrical harness con‐ Engine Control Module - J623- electrical connector
nector terminals T94 terminals sockets
1 78
2 79
5 56
6 57

Specified value: 1.5 Ω Max.

If the specified value was Not obtained:
– Check the circuits for a short to each other, short to battery
voltage, and short to ground.
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
loose or broken terminals.
– Repair the wiring or connection as necessary.
– Go to Final procedures
If the specified value was obtained:
– Replace the Engine Control Module - J623- . Refer to the ap‐
propriate repair manual.
Final procedures
– Reinstall the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate
repair manual.
– After the repair work, the following work steps must be per‐
formed in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”,
page 15 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”,
page 16 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code”, page 9 .

3.6.32 Oxygen Sensor After Three Way Cata‐

lytic Converter - G130- , Checking
Observe all safety precautions:
⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 2
View clean working conditions:
⇒ “1.2 Clean Working Conditions”, page 4
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views,
Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.

Note

♦ Vehicle must be raised before the electrical connector for the

Oxygen Sensor After Three Way Catalytic Converter - G130-
is accessible.
♦ When servicing terminals 3 and 4 in the electrical harness
connector of the Oxygen Sensor After Three Way Catalytic
Converter - G130- , use only gold-plated terminals.

Special tools and workshop equipment required

196 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

♦ Generic scan tool

♦ Multimeter.
♦ Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
• The Heater for oxygen sensor 1 after catalytic converter - Z29-
fuse Ok.
• Heater for oxygen sensor 1 after catalytic converter - Z29- OK.
Refer to
⇒ “3.6.34 Heater For Oxygen Sensor 1 After Catalytic Con‐
verter Z29 , Checking”, page 201 .
• Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
• All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window de‐
froster, switched off.
• Vehicles with automatic transmission, selector lever in position
“P” or “N”.
• A/C switched off.
• Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/
chassis OK.
• Exhaust system between catalytic converter and cylinder head
properly sealed.
• Coolant Temperature at least 80 °C.
Test procedure
– Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint.
Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 9
Start diagnosis
– Connect scan tool.
– Start the engine and let it run at idle.
– Select “Diagnostic mode 6: Check test results of components
that are not continuously monitored”.
– Select “Test-ID 02: Oxygen sensor monitoring behind catalytic
converter”.
– Select following Test-IDs.
– Check the specified values at idle.
Test-ID Specified value
min. max.
1 Rich to lean sensor barri‐ --- 0.6241 V
er voltage
2 Lean to rich sensor barri‐ --- 0.6241 V
er voltage
7 Minimum voltage at sen‐ --- 0.450 V
sor for test cycle
8 Maximum voltage at sen‐ 0.450 V ---
sor for test cycle
129 Sensor voltage lean 0 0.6241 V
130 Sensor voltage rich 0.6241 V 1.2998 V
131 Deceleration test 0V 0.1599 V

– Switch Ignition off.

3. Diagnosis and Testing 197

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

If the specified values were obtained:

If the test results indicate no monitor failures: The fault is not ac‐
tive at this time.
– Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or
broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
– Go to Final procedures
If the specified values were Not obtained:
– Remove the right vehicle floor cover -arrows-. Refer to the ap‐
propriate repair manual.
Checking primary voltage
– Disconnect the Oxygen Sensor After Three Way Catalytic
Converter - G130- electrical harness connector -arrow-.
– Switch the ignition on.
– Using a Multimeter, check the Oxygen Sensor After Three
Way Catalytic Converter - G130- electrical harness connector
terminals 3 to 4 for voltage.
Specified value: 0.400 to 0.500 Volts
– Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was Not obtained:
– Replace the Oxygen Sensor After Three Way Catalytic Con‐
verter - G130- . Refer to the appropriate repair manual.
– Go to Final procedures
If the specified value was obtained:
Checking wiring
– Remove the Engine Control Module - J623- . Refer to the ap‐
propriate repair manual.
– Using a Multimeter, check the Oxygen sensor after three way
catalytic converter - G130- electrical harness connector ter‐
minals to the Engine Control Module - J623- electrical harness
connector T94 terminals for an open circuit according to the
wiring diagram.
Oxygen Sensor After Three Way Catalytic Converter - Engine Control Module - J623- electrical connector
G130- electrical harness connector terminals T94 terminals sockets
3 34
4 62

Specified value: 1.5 Ω Max.

If the specified value was Not obtained:
– Check the circuits for a short to each other, short to battery
voltage, and short to ground.
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
loose or broken terminals.
– Repair the wiring or connection as necessary.
– Go to Final procedures

198 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

If the specified value was obtained:

– Replace the Engine Control Module - J623- . Refer to the ap‐
propriate repair manual.
Final procedures
– Reinstall the right vehicle floor cover . Refer to the appropriate
repair manual.
– After the repair work, the following work steps must be per‐
formed in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”,
page 15 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”,
page 16 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code”, page 9 .

3.6.33 Oxygen Sensor Heater - Z19- , Check‐

ing
Observe all safety precautions:
⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 2
View clean working conditions:
⇒ “1.2 Clean Working Conditions”, page 4
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component
with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views,
Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Oxygen Sensor Heater - Z19- is part of Heated Oxygen Sensor -
G39- and cannot be replaced separately.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter.
♦ Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
• Fuse - SB15- OK.
• Motronic Engine Control Module Power Supply Relay - J271-
OK.
• Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
• All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window de‐
froster, switched off.
• Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into
position “P” or “N”.
• A/C switched off.
• Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/
chassis OK.
• Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
– Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint.
Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 9 .

3. Diagnosis and Testing 199

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

Start diagnosis
– Remove the engine cover with air filter. Refer to the appropri‐
ate repair manual.
Checking internal resistance
– Disconnect the Heated Oxygen Sensor - G39- electrical har‐
ness connector -1-.
– Using a Multimeter, check the Heated Oxygen Sensor - G39-
terminals 3 to 4 for resistance.
Specified value: 2.5 to 10.0 Ω (at approx. 20 °C)
If the specified value was Not obtained:
– Replace the Heated Oxygen Sensor - G39- . Refer to the ap‐
propriate repair manual.
– Go to Final procedures
If the specified value was obtained:
Checking voltage supply
– Start the engine.
– Using a Multimeter, check the Heated Oxygen Sensor - G39-
electrical harness connector terminal 4 to Ground (GND) for
voltage.
Heated Oxygen Sensor - G39- electrical harness con‐ Engine Control Module - J623- electrical harness con‐
nector terminal nector T94 terminal socket
4 Ground (GND)

– Switch the ignition off.

Specified value: Battery voltage.
If the specified value was Not obtained:
– Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor - G39- electrical harness
connector terminal 4 to Fuse SB15 in Fuse Panel B Connector
T40 / 26 for an open circuit, a short circuit to each other, Bat‐
tery voltage, or Ground (GND).
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
loose or broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
– Repair the circuit and replace any open fuses.
– Go to Final procedures
If the specified value was obtained:
Checking Ground (GND) activation
– Remove the Engine Control Module - J623- . Refer to the ap‐
propriate repair manual.
– Using a Multimeter, check the Heated Oxygen Sensor - G39-
electrical harness connector terminal 3 to the Engine Control
Module - J623- electrical harness connector T94 terminal 73
for resistance.
Heated Oxygen Sensor - G39- electrical harness con‐ Engine Control Module - J623- electrical harness
nector terminal connector T94 terminal socket
3 73

200 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

Specified value: 1.5 Ω max.

If the specified value was Not obtained:
– Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery volt‐
age, and Ground (GND).
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
loose or broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
– Go to Final procedures
If the specified value was obtained:
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring
and the voltage supply was OK:
– Replace the Engine Control Module - J623- . Refer to the ap‐
propriate repair manual.
Final procedures
– After the repair work, the following work steps must be per‐
formed in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”,
page 15 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”,
page 16 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code”, page 9

3.6.34 Heater For Oxygen Sensor 1 After Cat‐

alytic Converter - Z29- , Checking
Observe all safety precautions:
⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 2
View clean working conditions:
⇒ “1.2 Clean Working Conditions”, page 4
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component
with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views,
Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.

Note

Heater For Oxygen Sensor 1 After Catalytic Converter - Z29- is

part of Oxygen Sensor After Three Way Catalytic Converter -
G130- and cannot be replaced separately.

Special tools and workshop equipment required

♦ Multimeter.
♦ Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
• Fuse - SB21- OK.
• Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
• All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window de‐
froster, switched off.

3. Diagnosis and Testing 201

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

• Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into

position “P” or “N”.
• A/C switched off.
• Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/
chassis OK.
• Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
– Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint.
Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 9 .
Start diagnosis
– Remove right cover from vehicle underbody. Refer to the ap‐
propriate repair manual.
Checking internal resistance
– Remove the right vehicle floor cover -arrows-. Refer to the ap‐
propriate repair manual.
– Disconnect the Oxygen Sensor After Three Way Catalytic
Converter - G130- electrical harness connector -1-.
– Using a Multimeter, check the Oxygen Sensor After Three
Way Catalytic Converter - G130- terminals 1 to 2 for resist‐
ance.
Specified value: 2.5 to 14.0 Ω (at approx. 20 °C)
If the specified value was Not obtained:
– Replace the Oxygen Sensor After Three Way Catalytic Con‐
verter - G130- . Refer to the appropriate repair manual.
– Go to Final procedures

202 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

If the specified value was obtained:

Checking voltage supply
– Using a Multimeter, check the Oxygen Sensor After Three
Way Catalytic Converter - G130- electrical harness connector
terminal 1 to ground (GND) for voltage.
Specified value: Battery voltage.
If the specified value was Not obtained:
– Check the Oxygen Sensor After Three Way Catalytic Con‐
verter - G130- electrical harness connector terminal 1 to Fuse
SB21 of Fuse Panel B T40 / 16 for an open circuit, a short
circuit to each other, or Ground (GND).
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
loose or broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
– Repair the circuit and replace any open fuses.
– Go to Final procedures
If the specified value was obtained:
Checking Ground (GND) activation
– Remove the Engine Control Module - J623- . Refer to the ap‐
propriate repair manual.
– Using a Multimeter, check the Oxygen Sensor After Three
Way Catalytic Converter - G130- electrical harness connector
to the Engine Control Module - J623- electrical harness con‐
nector T94 for resistance.

Oxygen Sensor After Three Way Catalytic Converter - Engine Control Module - J623- electrical connector
G130- electrical harness connector terminal T94 terminal socket
2 29

Specified value: 1.5 Ω max.

If the specified value was Not obtained:
– Check the wiring for a open circuit or short to Ground (GND).
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
loose or broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
– Go to Final procedures
If the specified value was obtained:
– Erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 16
Generate readiness code. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code”, page 9 .
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring
and the voltage supply was OK:
– Replace the Engine Control Module - J623- . Refer to the ap‐
propriate repair manual.
Final procedures
– Reinstall the right vehicle floor cover . Refer to the appropriate
repair manual.

3. Diagnosis and Testing 203

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

– After the repair work, the following work steps must be per‐
formed in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”,
page 15 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”,
page 16 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code”, page 9 .

3.6.35 TCM to ECM CAN Bus Terminal Resist‐

ance, Checking
Observe all safety precautions:
⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 2
View clean working conditions:
⇒ “1.2 Clean Working Conditions”, page 4
Prior to repair work, perform a preliminary check to verify the con‐
dition. Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 9 .
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component
with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views,
Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter
♦ Wiring diagram
Test requirement
• A CAN-Bus malfunction was recognized
• The Engine Control Module (ECM) - J623- fuses OK.
• The Transmission Control Module (TCM) -J743- fuses OK.
• Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts
• All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window de‐
froster, switched off.
• Vehicles with Automatic Transmission, shift selector lever into
position “P” or “N”.
• A/C Switched Off
• Ground connections between Engine / Transmission / Chassis
OK.
• Ignition switched off
Function
The Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- communicates with the
Transmission Control Module (TCM) -J743-.
The control modules are connected by two Data Bus wires which
are twisted together (CAN High and CAN Low), and exchange
information (messages). Missing information on the CAN-Bus is
recognized as a malfunction by the Engine Control Module (ECM)
-J623- and the other control modules connected to the CAN-Bus.
Trouble-free operation of the CAN-Bus requires that it have a ter‐
minal resistance. This central terminal resistance is located in the
Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-.

204 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

Test procedure
– Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint.
Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 9 .
Start diagnosis
– Remove the transmission control module. Refer to the appro‐
priate repair manual for removal and installation procedures.
– Disconnect the transmission control module electrical harness
connector.
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
loose or broken terminals.
– Repair as necessary.

Note

The ECM must remain connected for the following step. The cen‐
tral terminal resistor is located in the ECM.

– Using a Multimeter, check the DSG Transmission Mechatronic

- J743- electrical harness connector terminals 10 to 15 for re‐
sistance.
Specified value: 60 to 72 Ω (at approx. 20 °C)
If the specified value was Not obtained:
Checking wiring
– Remove the engine control module. Refer to the appropriate
repair manual for removal and installation procedures.
– Using a Multimeter, check each of the CAN bus circuits be‐
tween the transmission control module and the engine control
module. Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
– Check each CAN circuit for a short to ground, short to voltage,
open circuit or high resistance.
– Repair as necessary.
If the specified value was Not obtained and no malfunction is
found in the wiring:
– Replace the Engine Control Module - J623- . Refer to the ap‐
propriate repair manual.
– Go to Final procedures
If the specified value was obtained:
– Remove the engine control module. Refer to the appropriate
repair manual for removal and installation procedures.
– Check each CAN circuit for a short to ground, short to voltage,
open circuit or high resistance.
– Repair as necessary.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring:
– Replace the transmission control module. DSG transmission
Mechatronic - J743- Refer to the appropriate repair manual for
removal and installation procedures.
Final procedures
– After the repair work, the following work steps must be per‐
formed in the following sequence:

3. Diagnosis and Testing 205

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to

⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”,
page 15 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”,
page 16 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code”, page 9 .

3.6.36 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor -

G79- and Accelerator Pedal Position
Sensor 2 - G185- , Checking
Function
The Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor - G79- and Accelerator
Pedal Position Sensor 2 - G185- are combined in one component
and integrated into the Accelerator Pedal Module. They are used
to detect the position of the accelerator pedal throughout the en‐
tire adjustment range. The Engine Control Module - J623- detects
the driver’s request from these signals and uses them to calculate
the injection quantity and EPC Throttle valve operation.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter
♦ Wiring Diagram
♦ Scan Tool
Test requirements
• Fuses OK.
• Battery voltage OK
• Switch OFF All electrical and electronic accessories
• Vehicles with Auto. Transmission, ensure Selector Lever po‐
sition is in “P”.
• Vehicles with Manual Transmission, ensure Shifter Lever po‐
sition is in “N” with Parking Brake applied.
• Coolant Temperature: ≥ 80 °C.
• Observe all safety precautions:
⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 2
• View clean working conditions:
⇒ “1.2 Clean Working Conditions”, page 4
Test Procedure
Test Procedure
Step Procedure Result / Action to Take
1 • PERFORM: Preliminary Check to verify the – YES:
customers concern. Refer to ♦ Go to Step 2 ⇒ page 207
⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 9
– NO:
– Was concern verified? ♦ Gather more Information from customer about
the concern.

206 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

Step Procedure Result / Action to Take

2 • CONNECT: Scan Tool. – YES:
♦ Go to Step 3 ⇒ page 207
• IGNITION: ON
– NO:
• CHECK: throttle valve position closed: ♦ Go to Step 4 ⇒ page 207
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 3 – 25%
• DEPRESS: Accelerator pedal slowly to WOT
while observing the percentage display. The
percentage display must increase uniformly
• CHECK: throttle valve position at WOT:
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 84 – 97%
• IGNITION: OFF
– Was Value obtained?
3 • Condition may be intermittent ♦ GO TO: Step 6 ⇒ page 208
• PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
component
• CHECK: wiring for open, high resistance, short
or electrical connector for damage, corrosion,
loose or broken terminals
• REPAIR: faulty wiring or connector

4 • IGNITION: ON – YES:
♦ Go to Step 5 ⇒ page 207
• DISCONNECT: Accelerator Pedal Position
Sensor - G79- / Accelerator Pedal Position – NO:
Sensor 2 - G185- electrical connector ♦ Go to Step 6 ⇒ page 208
• CHECK: Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor -
G79- / Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor x -
G185- wiring connector terminals 1 to 3 and 2
to 5 for voltage
• SPECIFIED VALUE: About 5.0 V
• IGNITION: OFF
– Was value obtained?
5 • REMOVE: Engine Control Module - J623- . – YES:
Refer to appropriate repair manual. ♦ REPLACE: Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
- G79- / Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -
• CHECK: Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor - G185- . Refer to appropriate repair manual.
G79- / Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -
G185- electrical connector terminal 4 to the ♦ GO TO: Step 7 ⇒ page 208
Engine Control Module - J623- electrical con‐
nector terminals T94/83 – NO:
♦ CHECK: wiring for open, high resistance, short
• CHECK: Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor - or electrical connector for damage, corrosion,
G79- / Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 - loose or broken terminals
G185- electrical connector terminal 6 to the
Engine Control Module - J623- electrical con‐ ♦ REPAIR: faulty wiring or connector
nector terminals T94/61. ♦ GO TO: Step 7 ⇒ page 208
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 0.5 Ω (± 0.3 Ω)
– Was value obtained?

3. Diagnosis and Testing 207

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

Step Procedure Result / Action to Take

6 • REMOVE: Engine Control Module - J623- . – YES:
Refer to appropriate repair manual. ♦ REPLACE Engine Control Module - J623- Re‐
fer to appropriate repair manual
• CHECK: Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor -
G79- / Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 - ♦ GO TO: Step 7 ⇒ page 208
G185- electrical connector terminal1 to the
Engine Control Module - J623- electrical con‐ – NO:
nector T94/81. ♦ CHECK: wiring for open, high resistance, short
or electrical connector for damage, corrosion,
• CHECK: Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor - loose or broken terminals
G79- / Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -
G185- electrical connector terminal 2 to the ♦ REPAIR: faulty wiring or connector
Engine Control Module - J623- electrical con‐ ♦ GO TO: Step 7 ⇒ page 208
nector T94/82.
• CHECK: Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor -
G79- / Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -
G185- electrical connector terminal 3 to the
Engine Control Module - J623- electrical con‐
nector T94/35.
• CHECK: Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor -
G79- / Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -
G185- electrical connector terminal 5 to the
Engine Control Module - J623- electrical con‐
nector T94/11.
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 0.5 Ω (± 0.3 Ω)
– Was value obtained?
7 • Final Procedure – YES:
♦ Check the DTC memory. Refer to
• Perform a road test to verify repair. ⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC
• Do any DTC’s return: Memory”, page 15
♦ Perform the diagnostic procedure for that DTC.
– NO:
♦ Repair is complete, Generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code”, page 9
♦ Return vehicle to Customer

3.6.37 Throttle Valve Control Module - J338- ,

Checking
Function
Throttle valve operation occurs by an electric motor identified as
EPC Throttle Drive - G186- located within the Throttle Valve Con‐
trol Module - J338- . It is controlled by the Engine Control Module
- J623- with primary inputs from the Accelerator Pedal Position
Sensor - G79- / Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 - G185- as
well as other peripheral inputs from EPC Throttle Drive Angle
Sensor 1 - G187- and EPC Throttle Drive Angle Sensor 2 - G188- .

The Throttle Valve Control Module - J338- contains the following

components:
♦ EPC Throttle Drive - G186-
♦ EPC Throttle Drive Angle Sensor 1 - G187-
♦ EPC Throttle Drive Angle Sensor 2 - G188-
The Throttle Valve Control Module - J338- components cannot be
serviced separately, it must be serviced as a unit.

208 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

Special tools and workshop equipment required

♦ Multimeter
♦ Wiring Diagram
♦ Scan Tool
Test requirements
• Fuses OK.
• Battery voltage OK
• Switch OFF All electrical and electronic accessories
• Vehicles with Auto. Transmission, ensure Selector Lever po‐
sition is in “P”.
• Vehicles with Manual Transmission, ensure Shifter Lever po‐
sition is in “N” with Parking Brake applied.
• Coolant Temperature: ≥ 80 °C.
• Observe all safety precautions:
⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 2
• View clean working conditions:
⇒ “1.2 Clean Working Conditions”, page 4
Test Procedure
Step Procedure Result / Action to Take
1 • PERFORM: Preliminary Check to verify the ♦ YES:
customers complaint. Refer to
⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 9 ♦ Go to Step 2 ⇒ page 209

– Was Complaint Verified? ♦ NO:

♦ Gather more Information from customer about
the complaint

2 • CONNECT: Scan Tool. ♦ YES:

• IGNITION: ON ♦ Go to Step 3 ⇒ page 209
• CHECK: throttle valve position closed: ♦ NO:
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 3 - 25% ♦ Go to Step 4 ⇒ page 210
• DEPRESS: Accelerator pedal slowly to WOT
while observing the percentage display. The
percentage display must increase uniformly
• CHECK: throttle valve position at WOT:
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 84 - 97%
• IGNITION: OFF
– Was value obtained?
3 • Condition may be intermittent ♦ GO TO: Step 7 ⇒ page 211
• PERFORM: Visual Inspection of wiring and
component
• CHECK: wiring for open, high resistance, short
or electrical connector for damage, corrosion,
loose or broken terminals
• REPAIR: faulty wiring or connector

3. Diagnosis and Testing 209

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

Step Procedure Result / Action to Take

4 • REMOVE: Throttle Valve Control Module - ♦ YES:
J338 - far enough so that the electrical con‐
nector terminals are accessible. ♦ Go to Step 5 ⇒ page 210

• IGNITION: ON ♦ NO:

• DISCONNECT: Throttle Valve Control Module ♦ Go to Step 6 ⇒ page 210

- J338- electrical connector
• CHECK: Throttle Valve Control Module - J338-
wiring connector terminals 2 to 6 for voltage
• CHECK: Throttle Valve Control Module - J338-
wiring connector terminal 5 to Ground for volt‐
age
• SPECIFIED VALUE: About 5.0 V
• IGNITION: OFF
– Was value obtained?
5 • REMOVE: Engine Control Module - J623- . ♦ YES:
Refer to appropriate service manual.
♦ REPLACE: Throttle Valve Control Module -
• CHECK: Throttle Valve Control Module - J338- J338- . Refer to appropriate repair manual.
electrical connector terminal 1 to the Engine
Control Module - J623- electrical connector ter‐ ♦ GO TO: Step 7 ⇒ page 211
minals T60 / 41. ♦ NO:
• CHECK: Throttle Valve Control Module - J338- ♦ CHECK: wiring for open, high resistance, short
electrical connector terminal 3 to the Engine or electrical connector for damage, corrosion,
Control Module - J623- electrical connector ter‐ loose or broken terminals
minals T60 / 17.
♦ REPAIR: faulty wiring or connector
• CHECK: Throttle Valve Control Module - J338-
electrical connector terminal 5 to the Engine ♦ GO TO: Step 7 ⇒ page 211
Control Module - J623- electrical connector ter‐
minals T60 / 16.
• CHECK: Throttle Valve Control Module - J338-
electrical connector terminal 4 to the Engine
Control Module - J623- electrical connector
T60 / 24.
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 0.5 Ω (± 0.3 Ω)
– Was value obtained?
6 • REMOVE: Engine Control Module - J623- . ♦ YES:
Refer to appropriate service manual.
♦ REPLACE Engine Control Module - J623- Re‐
• CHECK: Throttle Valve Control Module - J338- fer to appropriate repair manual
electrical connector terminal 2 to the Engine
Control Module - J623- electrical connector ♦ GO TO: Step 7 ⇒ page 211
T60 / 12. ♦ NO:
• CHECK: Throttle Valve Control Module - J338- ♦ CHECK: wiring for open, high resistance, short
electrical connector terminal 6 to the Engine or electrical connector for damage, corrosion,
Control Module - J623- electrical connector loose or broken terminals
T60 / 44.
♦ REPAIR: faulty wiring or connector
• SPECIFIED VALUE: 0.5 Ω (± 0.3 Ω)
♦ GO TO: Step 7 ⇒ page 211
– Was value obtained?

210 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

Step Procedure Result / Action to Take

7 • Final Procedure ♦ YES:
• Perform a road test to verify repair. ♦ Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC
• Do any DTC’s return: Memory”, page 15 .
♦ Perform the diagnostic procedure for that DTC.
♦ NO:
♦ Repair is complete, Generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code”, page 9 .
♦ Return vehicle to Customer

3.6.38 Voltage Supply, Checking

Observe all safety precautions:
⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 2
View clean working conditions:
⇒ “1.2 Clean Working Conditions”, page 4
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component
with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views,
Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter.
♦ Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
• The Engine Control Module - J623- fuses OK.
• Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
• All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window de‐
froster, switched off.
• Vehicles with automatic transmission, selector lever in position
“P” or “N”.
• A/C switched off.
• Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/
chassis OK.
• Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
– Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint.
Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 9
Start diagnosis
– Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module Power Supply
Relay - J271- . Refer to appropriate repair manual.
Checking voltage
– Switch the ignition on.
– Using a Multimeter, check the Motronic Engine Control Mod‐
ule Power Supply Relay - J271- socket 1/30 to Ground (GND).
Specified value: battery voltage.

3. Diagnosis and Testing 211

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

– Switch the ignition off.

If the specified value was Not obtained:
– Check the wiring connections from the Battery to the Motronic
Engine Control Module Power Supply Relay - J271- socket
1/30 for an open circuit or a short circuit.
– Check the wiring connections for damage, corrosion, loose or
broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
– Go to Final procedures
If the specification value was obtained:
– Switch the ignition on.
– Using a Multimeter, check the Motronic Engine Control Mod‐
ule Power Supply Relay - J271- socket 3/86 to Ground (GND).
Specified value: battery voltage.
– Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was Not obtained:
– Check the wiring connections from Fuse SB10 in Fuse Panel
B to the Motronic Engine Control Module Power Supply Relay
- J271- socket 3/86 for an open or a short circuit.
– Check the wiring connections for damage, corrosion, loose or
broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
– Repair the circuit and replace any open fuses.
– Go to Final procedures
If the specification value was obtained:
Checking wiring
– Remove the Engine Control Module - J623- . Refer to appro‐
priate repair manual.
– Using a Multimeter, check the Motronic Engine Control Mod‐
ule Power Supply Relay - J271- socket 3/86 to the Engine
Control Module - J623- electrical harness connector T94 ter‐
minal 92 for resistance.
Motronic Engine Control Module Power Supply Relay - Engine Control Module - J623- electrical connector
J271- socket terminal T94 terminal socket
3/86 92

Specified value: 2.0 Ω Max.

If the specified value was Not obtained:
– Check the wiring for a short or open circuit.
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
loose or broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
– Go to Final procedures
If the specification value was obtained:
Checking activation
– Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module Power Supply
Relay - J271- Using a diode test lamp connected to Battery

212 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

positive, check the Motronic Engine Control Module Power

Supply Relay - J271- terminal 4/85 for voltage while cranking
the engine (checking for ground signal from ECM).
– Switch the ignition off.
Specified value: Battery voltage
If the specification value was obtained:
– Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module Power Supply
Relay - J271- . Refer to appropriate repair manual.
– Go to Final procedures
If the specified value was Not obtained:
– Using a Multimeter, check the Motronic Engine Control Mod‐
ule Power Supply Relay - J271- socket 4/85 to the Engine
Control Module - J623- electrical harness connector T94 ter‐
minal 69 for resistance.
Motronic Engine Control Module Power Supply Relay - Engine Control Module - J623- electrical connector
J271- socket terminal T94 terminal socket
4/85 69

Specified value: 1.5 Ω Max.

If the specified value was Not obtained:
– Check the wiring for a short or open circuit.
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
loose or broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specification value was obtained:
– Replace the Engine Control Module - J623- . Refer to appro‐
priate repair manual.
Final procedures
– Reinstall the Motronic Engine Control Module Power Supply
Relay - J271- if not done already.
– After the repair work, the following work steps must be per‐
formed in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”,
page 15 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”,
page 16 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code”, page 9 .

3. Diagnosis and Testing 213

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

3.6.39 Electrical Components for Regulating

Transmission 02E
⇒ “3.6.40 Safety Precautions”, page 214
⇒ “3.6.41 Selector Lever Voltage Supply, Checking”, page 215
⇒ “3.6.42 Voltage Supply of Direct Shift Gearbox Mechatronic,
Checking”, page 216

3.6.40 Safety Precautions

For all Automatic Transmission - Gears, hydraulic controls, Tech‐
nical Data. Refer to the appropriate repair manual.
For all Automatic Transmission - Gears, hydraulic controls com‐
ponent locations. Refer to the appropriate repair manual.
For all Automatic Transmission - Gears, Hydraulic controls re‐
moval/installation procedures and torque specifications. Refer to
the appropriate repair manual.
Check the Technical Bulletins for information that may supersede
any information included in this manual.

Note

♦ All manufacturers special tools as well as common tools may

contain a manufacturer specific part number. These tools may
be substituted with an equivalent aftermarket tool and are
available for rental or purchase through Audi. Refer to an Audi
tool catalog.
♦ Manufacturers special tools as well as common tools that con‐
tain a manufacturer specific part number may be referenced
in the test procedure illustrations showing the tool use or in‐
stallation. If the manufacturer specific tool is not being used,
an equivalent aftermarket tool may be installed in the same
manner as the manufacturers special tool.
♦ The manufacturers test box Test Box 105 Pin - VAG1598/42-
is available for purchase or rental. Refer to an Audi tool cata‐
log.
♦ Certainly you have received an electrical shock once before
when touching something made out of metal. The reason for
this is the electrostatic charge of the human body. This charge
can lead to functional problems by touching the electrical com‐
ponents of the transmission and selector lever mechanism.
Touch a grounded object, e.g. a water pipe or a hoist, before
working on the electrical components!
♦ Do not make direct contact on electrical harness connector
terminals!
♦ Always switch ignition off before disconnecting or connecting
Battery - A- , failure to do so may damage the DSG Transmis‐
sion Mechatronic - J743- .
♦ If special testing equipment is required during road test, note
the following:

214 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

WARNING

♦ Test equipment must always besured to the rear seat and

operated by asond person.
If test and measuring equipment is operated from the passen‐
ger seat, the person seated could be injured in the event of an
accident involving deployment of the passenger-side airbag.
The use of nails, paper clips, or another unauthorized materials
to back-probe electrical harness connectors is strictly prohibi‐
ted and may cause damage to the electrical harness connec‐
tors, terminal ends or damage to a component. Use only the
manufacturers test lead kit or an equivalent aftermarket test
lead kit for back-probing all electrical harness connectors.

3.6.41 Selector Lever Voltage Supply, Check‐

ing
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter.
♦ Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
• The DSG Transmission Mechatronic - J743- fuses OK.
• Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
• All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window de‐
froster, switched off.
• Selector lever in “P”.
• A/C switched off.
• Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/
chassis OK.
• Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
– Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint.
Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 9
Start diagnosis
– Remove the selector mechanism, far enough to gain access
to the Selector Lever - E313- electrical harness connector
-A-. Refer to the appropriate repair manual.
– Disconnect the Selector Lever - E313- electrical harness con‐
nector -A-.
Checking voltage supply, terminal 30
– Using a Multimeter, check the Selector Lever - E313- electrical
harness connector terminals 10 to 1 for voltage.
Specified value: battery voltage.
If the specified value was Not obtained:
– Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit
to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
– Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or
broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.

3. Diagnosis and Testing 215

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

If the specification value was obtained:

Checking voltage supply, terminal 15
– Using a Multimeter, check the Selector Lever - E313- electrical
harness connector terminals 9 to 1 for voltage.
Specified value: battery voltage.
If the specified value was Not obtained:
– Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit
to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
– Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or
broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specification value was obtained:
– Replace the Selector Lever - E313- . Refer to the appropriate
repair manual.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed
in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”,
page 15 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”,
page 16 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code”, page 9 .

3.6.42 Voltage Supply of Direct Shift Gearbox

Mechatronic, Checking
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter.
♦ Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
• The DSG Transmission Mechatronic - J743- fuses OK.
• The Terminal 15 power supply relay - J329- OK.
• Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
• All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window de‐
froster, switched off.
• Selector lever in “P” or “N”.
• A/C switched off.
• Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/
chassis OK.
• Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
– Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint.
Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 9
Start diagnosis
– Disconnect the DSG Transmission Mechatronic - J743- elec‐
trical harness connector -1- by rotating counterclockwise.

216 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

Checking voltage supply, terminal 30

– Using a Multimeter, check the DSG Transmission Mechatronic
- J743- electrical harness connector terminals for voltage.
– Turn key on
DSG Transmission Mechatronic - J743- electrical harness connector terminals
11 to 19
11 to 16

Specified value: battery voltage.

If the specified value was Not obtained:
– Turn key off
– Check the wiring connection for an open circuit .
– Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or
broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specification value was obtained:
Voltage supply, terminal 15
– Using a Multimeter, check the DSG Transmission Mechatronic
- J743- electrical harness connector terminals for voltage.
– Turn key on
DSG Transmission Mechatronic - J743- electrical harness connector terminals
18 to 16
18 to 19

Specified value: battery voltage.

If the specified value was Not obtained:
– Switch Ignition off
– Check the wiring connection for an open circuit.
– Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or
broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specification value was obtained:
– Replace DSG Transmission Mechatronic - J743- . Refer to the
appropriate repair manual.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed
in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.3 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”,
page 15 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “3.3.4 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”,
page 16 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “3.2 Readiness Code”, page 9 .

3. Diagnosis and Testing 217

 GTI 2009 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 11.2014

GPS 01/15/2014

218 Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool